advertisement
Internal Use Only http://biz.lgservice.com
System
Air Conditioner
SERVICE MANUAL R410A
(Exploded View)
MODEL : ARUB Series
CAUTION
Before Servicing the unit, read the safety precautions in General SVC manual.
Only for authorized service personnel.
Air Conditioner Service Manual
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Safety Precautions
............................................................................................................................3
Part 1
General Information
........................................................................................................................11
Model Names...............................................................................................................................12
External Appearance ...................................................................................................................13
Combination of Outdoor Units......................................................................................................15
Nomenclature...............................................................................................................................16
Outdoor Units Information ............................................................................................................18
HR Units Information ...................................................................................................................19
Part 2
Indoor Units
.....................................................................................................................................21
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (1 way).......................................................................................23
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (2 way).......................................................................................33
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (4 way).......................................................................................43
Art Cool Type ...............................................................................................................................55
Art Cool Type(Wide).....................................................................................................................69
Art Cool Type(Mirror)....................................................................................................................83
Ceiling Concealed Duct Type (Low static)....................................................................................99
Ceiling Concealed Duct Type (Built in).......................................................................................109
Ceiling Concealed Duct Type (High static).................................................................................119
Wall Mounted Type.....................................................................................................................131
Convertible Type ........................................................................................................................145
Floor Standing Type ...................................................................................................................157
Part 3
Outdoor Units
................................................................................................................................167
Part 4
HR Units
......................................................................................................................................213
Part 5
PCB Setting & Test Run
...............................................................................................................223
Part 6
Trouble shooting guide
................................................................................................................243
Part 7
Exploded View
.........................................................
...........................................
.........................311
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 2 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
To prevent injury to the user or other people and property damage, the following instructions must be followed.
■
Incorrect operation due to ignoring instruction will cause harm or damage. The seriousness is classified by the following indications.
WARNING
This symbol indicates the possibility of death or serious injury.
CAUTION
This symbol indicates the possibility of injury or damage to properties only.
■
Meanings of symbols used in this manual are as shown below.
Be sure not to do.
Be sure to follow the instruction.
WARNING
■
Installation
Have all electric work done by a licensed electrician according to "Electric Facility
Engineering Standard" and "Interior Wire
Regulations" and the instructions given in this manual and always use a special circuit.
• If the power source capacity is inadequate or electric work is performed improperly, electric shock or fire may result.
Ask the dealer or an authorized technician to install the air conditioner.
• Improper installation by the user may result in water leakage, electric shock, or fire.
Always ground the product.
• There is risk of fire or electric shock.
Always intstall a dedicated circuit and breaker.
• Improper wiring or installation may cause fire or electric shock.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 3 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Safety Precautions
For re-installation of the installed product, always contact a dealer or an Authorized
Service Center.
• There is risk of fire, electric shock, explosion, or injury.
Do not install, remove, or re-install the unit by yourself (customer).
• There is risk of fire, electric shock, explosion, or injury.
Do not store or use flammable gas or combustibles near the air conditioner.
• There is risk of fire or failure of product.
Use the correctly rated breaker or fuse.
• There is risk of fire or electric shock.
Gasolin
Prepare for strong wind or earthquake and install the unit at the specified place.
• Improper installation may cause the unit to topple and result in injury.
Do not install the product on a defective installation stand.
• It may cause injury, accident, or damage to the product.
When installing and moving the air conditioner to another site, do not charge it with a different refrigerant from the refrigerant specified on the unit.
• If a different refrigerant or air is mixed with the original refrigerant, the refrigerant cycle may malfunction and the unit may be damaged.
Do not reconstruct to change the settings of the protection devices.
• If the pressure switch, thermal switch, or other protection device is shorted and operated forcibly, or parts other than those specified by
LGE are used, fire or explosion may result.
R410A
R22
R407C
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 4 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Ventilate before operating air conditioner when gas leaked out.
• It may cause explosion, fire, and burn.
Safety Precautions
Securely install the cover of control box and the panel.
• If the cover and panel are not installed securely, dust or water may enter the outdoor unit and fire or electric shock may result.
If the air conditioner is installed in a small room, measures must be taken to prevent the refrigerant concentration from exceeding the safety limit when the refrigerant leaks.
• Consult the dealer regarding the appropriate measures to prevent the safety limit from being exceeded. Should the refrigerant leak and cause the safety limit to be exceeded, harzards due to lack of oxygen in the room could result.
■
Operation
Do not damage or use an unspecified power cord.
• There is risk of fire, electric shock, explosion, or injury.
Use a exclusive outlet for this appliance.
• There is risk of fire or electrical shock.
Be cautious that water could not enter the product.
• There is risk of fire, electric shock, or product damage.
Do not touch the power switch with wet hands.
• There is risk of fire, electric shock, explosion, or injury.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 5 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Safety Precautions
When the product is soaked (flooded or submerged), contact an Authorized Service
Center.
• There is risk of fire or electric shock.
Be cautious not to touch the sharp edges when installing.
• It may cause injury.
Take care to ensure that nobody could step on or fall onto the outdoor unit.
• This could result in personal injury and product damage.
Do not open the inlet grille of the product during operation. (Do not touch the electrostatic filter, if the unit is so equipped.)
• There is risk of physical injury, electric shock, or product failure.
■
Installation
Always check for gas (refrigerant) leakage after installation or repair of product.
CAUTION
Do not install the product where the noise or hot air from the outdoor unit could damage the neighborhoods.
• Low refrigerant levels may cause failure of product.
• It may cause a problem for your neighbors.
Keep level even when installing the product.
• To avoid vibration or water leakage.
90˚
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
Do not install the unit where combustible gas may leak.
• If the gas leaks and accumulates around the unit, an explosion may result.
Gasolin
- 6 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Use power cables of sufficient current carrying capacity and rating.
• Cables that are too small may leak, generate heat, and cause a fire.
Safety Precautions
Do not use the product for special purposes, such as preserving foods, works of art, etc. It is a consumer air conditioner, not a precision refrigeration system.
• There is risk of damage or loss of property.
Keep the unit away from children. The heat exchanger is very sharp.
• It can cause the injury, such as cutting the finger.
Also the damaged fin may result in degradation of capacity.
When installting the unit in a hospital, communication station, or similar place, provide sufficient protection against noise.
• The inverter equipment, private power generator, high-frequency medical equipment, or radio communication equipment may cause the air conditioner to operate erroneously, or fail to operate. On the other hand, the air conditioner may affect such equipment by creating noise that disturbs medical treatment or image broadcasting.
Do not install the product where it is exposed to sea wind (salt spray) directly.
• It may cause corrosion on the product. Corrosion, particularly on the condenser and evaporator fins, could cause product malfunction or inefficient operation.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 7 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Safety Precautions
■
Operation
Do not use the air conditioner in special environments.
• Oil, steam, sulfuric smoke, etc. can significantly reduce the performance of the air conditioner or damage its parts.
Do not block the inlet or outlet.
• It may cause failure of appliance or accident.
Make the connections securely so that the outside force of the cable may not be applied to the terminals.
• Inadequate connection and fastening may generate heat and cause a fire.
Be sure the installation area does not deteriorate with age.
• If the base collapses, the air conditioner could fall with it, causing property damage, product failure, or personal injury.
Install and insulate the drain hose to ensure that water is drained away properly based on the installation manual.
• A bad connection may cause water leakage.
Be very careful about product transportation.
• Only one person should not carry the product if it weighs more than 20 kg.
• Some products use PP bands for packaging. Do not use any PP bands for a means of transportation. It is dangerous.
• Do not touch the heat exchanger fins. Doing so may cut your fingers.
• When transporting the outdoor unit, suspending it at the specified positions on the unit base. Also support the outdoor unit at four points so that it cannot slip sideways.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 8 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Safely dispose of the packing materials.
Safety Precautions
Turn on the power at least 6 hours before starting operation.
• Packing materials, such as nails and other metal or wooden parts, may cause stabs or other injuries.
• Tear apart and throw away plastic packaging bags so that children may not play with them. If children play with a plastic bag which was not torn apart, they face the risk of suffocation.
• Starting operation immediately after turning on the main power switch can result in severe damage to internal parts. Keep the power switch turned on during the operational season.
Do not touch any of the refrigerant piping during and after operation.
• It can cause a burn or frostbite.
Do not operate the air conditioner with the panels or guards removed.
• Rotating, hot, or high-voltage parts can cause injuries.
Do not directly turn off the main power switch after stopping operation.
• Wait at least 5 minutes before turning off the main power switch. Otherwise it may result in water leakage or other problems.
Auto-addressing should be done in condition of connecting the power of all indoor and outdoour units. Auto-addressing should also be done in case of changing the indoor unit PCB.
Use a firm stool or ladder when cleaning or maintaining the air conditioner.
• Be careful and avoid personal injury.
Do not insert hands or other objects through the air inlet or outlet while the air conditioner is plugged in.
• There are sharp and moving parts that could cause personal injury.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 9 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Safety Precautions
Avoid a place where rain may enter since the
HR unit is for indoor
• There is risk of property damage, failure of product, or electric shock.
Install the HR unit at a place in which it
Is not affected by operation mode changing noise.
• Installation within cell such as meeting room etc, may disturb business due to noise.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 10 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Part 1
General Information
1. Model Names
.................................................................12
1.1 Indoor Unit .................................................................12
1.2 Outdoor Unit...............................................................12
1.3 HR Unit ......................................................................12
2. External Appearance
.....................................................13
2.1 Indoor Unit .................................................................13
2.2 Outdoor Unit...............................................................14
2.3 HR Unit ......................................................................14
3. Combination of Outdoor Units
.....................................15
4. Nomenclature
.................................................................16
4.1 Indoor Unit .................................................................16
4.2 Outdoor Unit...............................................................16
4.3 HR Unit ......................................................................17
5. Outdoor Units Information
............................................18
6. HR Units Information
.....................................................19
6.1 HR Units.....................................................................19
6.2 Reducers for Indoor Units and HR Units....................19
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 11 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Model Names
1. Model Names
1.1 Indoor Unit
Category
Wall Mounted
(General)
ART COOL
Ceiling
Cassette
Chassis
Name
7k
(2.2)
9k
(2.8)
12k
(3.6)
SE ARNU07GSE*1 ARNU09GSE*1 ARNU12GSE*1
S5
Capacity(Btu/h(kW))
18k
(5.6)
24k
(7.1)
28k
(8.2)
ARNU18GS5*1 ARNU24GS5*1
Mirror SE ARNU07GSE*1 ARNU09GSE*1 ARNU12GSE*1
S3
ART COOL SP ARNU07GSP*1 ARNU09GSP*1 ARNU12GSP*1
ART COOL Wide SV
1 Way
2 Way
4 Way
ARNU18GS3*1 ARNU24GS3*1
ARNU18GSV*1
TE
TH
TJ ARNU07GTJ*1 ARNU09GTJ*1 ARNU12GTJ*1
TL ARNU18GTL*1 ARNU24GTL*1
ARNU09GTE*1 ARNU12GTE*1 ARNU18GTE*1
ARNU24GTH*1 ARNU28GTH*1
Ceiling
Concealed
Duct
TD
BH
High Static BG
BR
Low Static
B1 ARNU07GB1G1 ARNU09GB1G1 ARNU12GB1G1
B2
B3
ARNU07GB3G1 ARNU09GB3G1 ARNU12GB3G1
PBSGB10 PBSGB10 PBSGB10
PBSC10 PBSC10 PBSC10
Built-in
B4
ARNU18GBHA1 ARNU24GBHA1
ARNU18GB2G1 ARNU24GB2G1
ARNU18GB4G1 ARNU24GB4G1
PBSGB20
PBSC20
PBSGB20
PBSC20
36k
(10.6)
42k
(12.3)
48k
(14.1)
ARNU36GTD*1 ARNU42GTD*1 ARNU48GTD*1
ARNU28GBGA1 ARNU36GBGA1 ARNU42GBGA1
ARNU48GBRA1
Ceiling & Floor
Ceiling Suspended
Floor
Standing
With Case
Without Case
VE
VJ
ARNU09GVEA1 ARNU12GVEA1
CE ARNU07GCEA1 ARNU09GCEA1 ARNU12GCEA1
CF
CE ARNU07GCEU1 ARNU09GCEU1 ARNU12GCEU1
CF
ARNU18GVJA1 ARNU24GVJA1
ARNU18GCFA1 ARNU24GCFA1
ARNU18GCFU1 ARNU24GCFU1
* ART COOL- Color, Ceiling Cassette- A:Basic C:Plasma, Wall Mounted- A:Basic L:Plasma
1.2 Outdoor Unit
Power Supply
3Ø, 380 ~ 415V, 50Hz
8HP
808T1
10HP
1008T1
12HP
1208T1
14HP
1408T1
16HP
1608T1
18HP
1808T1
20HP
2008T1
22HP
2208T1
Power Supply
3Ø, 380 ~ 415V, 50Hz
Heat Recovery
24HP 26HP 28HP 30HP 32HP 34HP 36HP 38HP 40HP
2408T1 2608T1 2808T1 3008T1 3208T1 3408T1 3608T1 3808T1 4008T1
ARUB
1.3 HR Unit
Power supply
1Ø,220~240V,50/60 Hz
2 rooms
PRHR020
3 rooms
PRHR030
4 rooms
PRHR040
- 12 -
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
LGE Internal Use Only
External Appearance
2. External Appearance
2.1 Indoor Units
Ceiling Cassette- 1Way
ARNU07GTJA1
ARNU09GTJA1
ARNU12GTJA1
Ceiling Cassette -2Way
ARNU18GTLA1
ARNU24GTLA1
Ceiling Cassette- 4Way
ARNU09GTEA1
ARNU12GTEA1
ARNU18GTEA1
ARNU24GTHA1
ARNU28GTHA1
ARNU36GTDA1
ARNU42GTDA1
ARNU48GTDA1
Ceiling Concealed Duct - Low Static
ARNU07GB1G1
ARNU09GB1G1
ARNU12GB1G1
ARNU18GB2G1
ARNU24GB2G1
ART COOL Mirror
ARNU07GSE*1
ARNU09GSE*1
ARNU12GSE*1
ARNU18GS3*1
ARNU24GS3*1
S3:* B : Blue
M : Metal
D : Wood
R : Mirror
C : Cherry
W : White
ART COOL Wide
ARNU18GSV*1
* B : Blue
D : Wood
M : Metal
W : White
SE:* R:Mirror
V:Silver
B : Blue
Ceiling Concealed Duct - High Static
ARNU18GBHA1
ARNU24GBHA1
ARNU28GBGA1
ARNU36GBGA1
ARNU42GBGA1
ARNU48GBRA1
Wall Mounted
ARNU07GSEA1
ARNU09GSEA1
ARNU12GSEA1
ARNU18GS5A1
ARNU24GS5A1
ART COOL
ARNU07GSP*1
ARNU09GSP*1
ARNU12GSP*1
* B : Blue
D : Wood
M : Metal
W : White
Ceiling Concealed Duct-Built in
ARNU07GB1G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc'y)
ARNU09GB1G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc'y)
ARNU12GB1G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc'y)
ARNU18GB2G1+PBSGB20(Acc'y), PBSC20(Acc'y)
ARNU24GB2G1+PBSGB20(Acc'y), PBSC20(Acc'y)
Ceiling & Floor
ARNU09GVEA1
ARNU12GVEA1
Ceiling Suspended
ARNU18GVJA1
ARNU24GVJA1
Floor Standing
With case
ARNU07GCEA1
ARNU09GCEA1
ARNU12GCEA1
ARNU18GCFA1
ARNU24GCFA1
Without case
ARNU07GCEU1
ARNU09GCEU1
ARNU12GCEU1
ARNU18GCFU1
ARNU24GCFU1
These are model names of the basic function.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 13 -
LGE Internal Use Only
External Appearance
2.2 Outdoor Units
ARUB808T1
ARUB1008T1
ARUB1208T1
ARUB1408T1
8, 10, 12, 14HP
ARUB2608T1
ARUB2808T1
ARUB3008T1
ARUB3208T1
ARUB3408T1
ARUB3608T1
ARUB3808T1
ARUB4008T1
ARUB1608T1
ARUB1808T1
ARUB2008T1
ARUB2208T1
ARUB2408T1
16, 18, 20, 22, 24HP
26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40HP
2.3 HR Unit
PRHR020 PRHR030 PRHR040
1
2
(For 2 rooms)
1
2
3
(For 3 rooms)
1 2
3
4
(For 4 rooms)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
14
- 14 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Combination of Outdoor Units
3. Combination of Outdoor Units
System Capacity
Number of Units
50Hz
18HP
20HP
22HP
24HP
26HP
28HP
30HP
32HP
8HP
10HP
12HP
14HP
16HP
34HP
36HP
38HP
40HP
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
8
1
2
1
2
1
10
1
1
2
1
1
2
3
2
1
Module
■
Up to a maximum 40HP are realized by combining 8, 10, 12 and 14HP
12
1
3
2
1
2
1
1
2
14
1
1
2
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 15 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Nomenclature
4. Nomenclature
4.1 Indoor Unit
ARN U 07 G TJ A 1
Serial Number
Combinations of functions
A:Basic function
L:Neo Plasma(Wall Mounted)
C:Plasma(Ceiling Cassette)
ART COOL Type Panel Color
B:Blue D:Wood M:Metal R:Mirror W:White C:Cherry V: Silver
Chassis Name
Electrical Ratings
1:1Ø, 115V, 60Hz 2: 1Ø, 220V, 60Hz
6:1Ø, 220 ~ 240V, 50Hz 7: 1Ø, 100V, 50/60Hz
G:1Ø, 220 ~ 240V, 50Hz / 220V 60Hz
Total Cooling Capacity in Btu/h unit
EX) 5,000 Btu/h ➞ '05' 18,000 Btu/h ➞ '18'
Combination of Inverter Type and
Cooling Only or Heat Pump
N: AC Inverter and H/P V: AC Inverter and C/O
U: DC Inverter and H/P and C/O
Indicates that this is System
Indoor Unit using the R410A
4.2 Outdoor Unit
ARU B 100 8 T 1
Serial Number
Air Discharge Type
S:Side Discharge
T:Top Discharge
Electrical Ratings
8:3Ø, 380 ~ 415V, 50Hz 9: 3Ø, 380V, 60Hz
A: 3Ø, 220V, 50Hz B: 3Ø, 220V, 60Hz
Total Cooling Capacity in Horse Power(HP) unit
EX) 4.5HP
➞ '45' 10HP ➞ '100'
Combination of Inverter Type and
Cooling Only or Heat Pump
N: Inverter and H/P V: Inverter and C/O
H: H/P(Sub Unit) C: C/O(Sub Unit)
B: Inverter and Heat Recovery
S: Heat Recovery (Sub Unit)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
Indicates that this is System
Outdoor Unit using the R410A
- 16 -
LGE Internal Use Only
4.3 HR Unit
PRHR 04 0
Serial Number
No. of Connected Rooms
02 : For 2 Rooms
03 : For 3 Rooms
04 : For 4 Rooms
Indicates that this is System
HR Unit using the R410A
Nomenclature
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 17 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Outdoor units Information
5. Outdoor Units Information
CAUTION:
A ratio of the connectable Indoor Units with Outdoor Units : within 50~130%
Over 130% combination ratio to be reduced the capacity in defrost.
Power Supply: Outdoor Unit (3Ø, 380 ~ 415V, 50Hz)
■
Heat Recovery System
Unit
System(HP)
Model
Refrigerant Charge(kg/Oz)
Type
CF(Correction Factor)
Max. Connectable No. of Indoor Units
Net Weight kg lbs
Dimensions (W*H*D) mm inch
Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipes[mm(inch)]
Low Pressure Pipes[mm(inch)]
High Pressure Gas Pipes[mm(inch)]
8
ARUB808T1
8/282.2
R410a
-1
13
300
661.4
1280 * 1607 * 730
50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø19.05(3/4)
Ø15.88(5/8)
1 outdoor unit
10
ARUB1008T1
12
ARUB1208T1
8/282.2
R410a
0
16
8/282.2
R410a
1
20
300
661.4
1280 * 1607 * 730
50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø22.2(7/8)
Ø19.05(3/4)
300
661.4
1280 * 1607 * 730
50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø28.58(1
1
/
8
)
Ø19.05(3/4)
14
ARUB1408T1
8/282.2
R410a
2
20
300
661.4
1280 * 1607 * 730
50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø28.58(1
1
/
8
)
Ø22.2(7/8)
Unit
System(HP)
Model
Refrigerant Charge(kg/Oz)
Type
CF(Correction Factor)
Max. Connectable No. of Indoor Units
Net Weight kg
Dimensions (W*H*D) lbs mm inch
Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipes[mm(inch)]
Low Pressure Pipes[mm(inch)]
High Pressure Gas Pipes[mm(inch)]
2 outdoor units 3 outdoor units
16 18 20 22 24 26
ARUB1608T1 ARUB1808T1 ARUB2008T1 ARUB2208T1 ARUB2408T1 ARUB2608T1
ARUB808T1 ARUB1008T1 ARUB1008T1 ARUB1208T1 ARUB1208T1 ARUB1008T1
ARUS808T1 ARUS808T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1208T1 ARUS808T1
16/564.4
R410a
-2
20
300x2
16/564.4
R410a
-1
20
300x2
16/564.4
R410a
0
20
300x2
16/564.4
R410a
1
22
300x2
16/564.4
R410a
2
24
300x2
ARUS808T1
24/846.6
R410a
-2
32
300x3
661.4x2
661.4x2
661.4x2
661.4x2
661.4x2
661.4x3
1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 1280 * 1607 * 730)x3
(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3
Ø12.7(1/2) Ø15.88(5/8) Ø15.88(5/8) Ø15.88(5/8) Ø15.88(5/8) Ø19.05(3/4)
Ø28.58(1
1
/
8
) Ø28.58(1
1
/
8
) Ø28.58(1
1
/
8
) Ø34.9(1
3
/
8
) Ø34.9(1
3
/
8
) Ø34.9(1
3
/
8
)
Ø22.2(7/8) Ø22.2(7/8) Ø22.2(7/8) Ø28.58(1
1
/
8
) Ø28.58(1
1
/
8
) Ø28.58(1
1
/
8
)
Unit
System(HP)
Model
Refrigerant Charge(kg/Oz)
Type
CF(Correction Factor)
Max. Connectable No. of Indoor Units
Net Weight kg lbs
Dimensions (W*H*D) mm inch
Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipes[mm(inch)]
Low Pressure Pipes[mm(inch)]
High Pressure Gas Pipes[mm(inch)]
28 30 32
3 outdoor units
34 36 38 40
ARUB2808T1 ARUB3008T1 ARUB3208T1 ARUB3408T1 ARUB3608T1 ARUB3808T1 ARUB4008T1
ARUB1008T1 ARUB1008T1 ARUB1208T1 ARUB1208T1 ARUB1208T1 ARUB1408T1 ARUB1408T1
ARUS1008T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1208T1 ARUS1208T1 ARUS1208T1 ARUS1408T1
ARUS808T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1208T1 ARUS1208T1 ARUS1208T1
24/846.6
24/846.6
24/846.6
24/846.6
24/846.6
24/846.6
24/846.6
R410a R410a R410a R410a R410a R410a R410a
-1
32
0
32
1
32
2
34
3
36
4
38
5
40
300x3
661.4x3
300x3
661.4x3
300x3
661.4x3
300x3
661.4x3
300x3
661.4x3
300x3
661.4x3
300x3
661.4x3
(1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3
(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3
Ø19.05(3/4) Ø19.05(3/4) Ø19.05(3/4) Ø19.05(3/4) Ø19.05(3/4) Ø19.05(3/4) Ø19.05(3/4)
Ø34.9(1
3
/
8
) Ø34.9(1
3
/
8
) Ø34.9(1
3
/
8
) Ø34.9(1
3
/
8
) Ø41.3(1
5
/
8
) Ø41.3(1
5
/
8
) Ø41.3(1
5
/
8
)
Ø28.58(1
1
/
8
) Ø28.58(1
1
/
8
) Ø28.58(1
1
/
8
) Ø28.58(1
1
/
8
) Ø28.58(1
1
/
8
) Ø34.9(1
3
/
8
) Ø34.9(1
3
/
8
)
- 18 -
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
LGE Internal Use Only
HR units Information
6. HR Units Information
6.1 HR Units (Power Supply : 1Ø, 220~240V, 50Hz)
Model
Max. Connectable No. of Indoor Units
Net Weight
Dimensions (W*H*D) kg lbs inch mm
Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipes[mm(inch)]
Low Pressure Pipes[mm(inch)]
High Pressure Gas Pipes[mm(inch)]
PRHR020
2
20
44.1
23.7*10.6*22.1
601*270*562
Ø9.52[3/8]
Ø9.52[3/8]
Ø19.05[3/4]
PRHR030
3
22
48.5
23.7*10.6*22.1
601*270*562
Ø12.7[1/2]
Ø12.7[1/2]
Ø22.2[7/8]
6.2. Reducers for Indoor Units and HR Units
Models
Liquid pipe
PRHR040
4
24
52.9
23.7*10.6*22.1
601*270*562
Ø12.7[1/2]
Ø12.7[1/2]
Ø22.2[7/8]
High pressure
Gas pipe
Low pressure
Indoor unit reducer
OD9.52
Ø6.35
OD15.88
Ø12.7
HR unit reducer
PRHR020
OD9.52
Ø6.35
PRHR030
/
PRHR040
OD12.7
Ø9.52
OD19.05
Ø15.88
Ø12.7
OD12.7
Ø9.52
OD22.2 Ø19.05
Ø15.88
OD15.88
Ø12.7
OD22.2 Ø19.05
Ø15.88
OD28.58
Ø22.22
Ø19.05
OD15.88 Ø12.7
OD19.05
Ø15.88
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 19 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 20 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Part 2
Indoor Units
Ceiling Cassette
1 Way ...............................................................................23
2 Way ...............................................................................33
4 Way ...............................................................................43
Art Cool Series
Art Cool............................................................................55
Art Cool(Wide) .................................................................69
Art Cool(Mirror) ................................................................83
Ceiling Concealed Duct
Low Static ........................................................................99
Built In ............................................................................109
High Static......................................................................119
Wall Mounted(General)
Wall Mounted .................................................................131
Convertible
Convertible.....................................................................145
Floor Standing
Floor Standing................................................................157
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 21 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 22 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (1Way)
1. Specifications .............................................................................24
2. Functions ....................................................................................25
3. Operation Details........................................................................26
4. Dimensions .................................................................................29
5. Piping Diagrams .........................................................................30
6. Wiring Diagrams .........................................................................31
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 23 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
1. Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h
Casing
Dimensions (W*D*H)
Coil
Fan
Body
Front Panel mm inch mm inch
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type m 2
Motor Output x Number
Running Current
W
A
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
Motor type
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm
Net Weight kg(lbs)
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable
Panel Color
Panel Name(Acc'y)
* Model Name
A:Basic, C:Plasma
ARNU07GTJ*1
2,200
1,900
7,500
2,500
1Way Ceiling Cassette
ARNU09GTJ*1
2,800
2,400
9,600
3,200
ARNU12GTJ*1
3,600
3,100
12,300
4,000
2,200
8,500
2,800
10,900
3,400
13,600
Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate
860x410x138
33.8x16.1x5.4
1070x480x20
860x410x138
33.8x16.1x5.4
1070x480x20
860x410x138
33.8x16.1x5.4
1070x480x20
42.1x18.9x0.8
2x9x21
42.1x18.9x0.8
2x9x21
42.1x18.9x0.8
2x9x21
0.13 0.13 0.13
Cross Flow Fan
45
Cross Flow Fan
45
Cross Flow Fan
45
0.18 0.18 0.18
7.5/6.5/6 7.5/6.5/6 8/7/6
265/229/212
Direct
BLDC
265/229/212
Direct
BLDC
283/247/212
Direct
BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene
Fuse Fuse Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
25.0 25.0 25.0
15(33.1)
40/38/37
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
15(33.1)
40/38/37
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
PT-HJ*
15(33.1)
41/39/37
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are Net Capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 24 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2. Functions
Indoor Unit
Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller
Sensing the Room Temperature
• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)
Room temperature control
Starting Current Control
• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.
• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.
Indoor Fan Speed Control
• Jet, High, Med, Low, Lolow
Soft Dry Operation Mode
• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.
Airflow Direction Control
• The louver can be set at swing up and down automatically.
Auto Restart
• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.
Deice (defrost) control (Heating)
Hot-start Control (Heating)
Compact and light design
Low noise
Long life filter
High head Drain pump
• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.
• Hot start after defrost ends.
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature will be reached at 25°C.
• To install a unit is very convenient because of smaller size than textile.
High-Ceiling corresponding Function
• The most advanced low-noise design.
• The adoption of turbo fan and round type heat exchanger give the quietest operation.
• Long life wrinkle(type) and washable and anti-bacteria filter is adopted.
• Built-in drain pump automatically drains water.
• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.
• According to the height of ceiling, the RPM of indoor fan motor is selected to increase air reaching distance.
Central Control(Optional)
• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.
Auto Change Over
• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 25 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
3. Operation Details
The functions of main control
■
Auto Swing Control
• This function is to swing the louver up and down automatically.
■
Soft-Dry Operation
• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.
■
Cooling Mode Operation
• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following
Intake Air Temperature
Thermo. ON
(SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C)
Thermo. OFF
(SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C)
Selected
INDOOR FAN
Speed
More than
3 minutes
More than
3 minutes
Selected
Low Low
Speed
Selected
Speed
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 26 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Heating Mode Operation
The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.
Indoor pipe
Temperature
36(42)
°
C
33(39)
°
C
25
°
C
22(20)
°
C
Room
Temperature
Thermal Off
Thermal On
Thermal
Outdoor fan
Indoor fan
ON
Stop Low Low
ON
Setting fan speed
4 Way
Low
Minimum
3min
OFF
OFF
Setting fan speed
ON
Low Stop Stop Low
ON
ON
Setting fan speed
Indoor Unit mode
2TH
(Remo.+Indoor)
Remo. mode
Thermal ON
ST+2
To be selected lower temperature contrast Indoor Unit and Remo.
ST+0
Thermal OFF
ST+4
To be selected lower temperature contrast Indoor Unit and Remo.
ST+2
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 27 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Hot-start Control
The indoor fan does no rotate until the evaporator piping temperature will be reached to 25°C.
The operation diagram is as following.
Pipe temperature
35
°
C
30
°
C
27
°
C
25
°
C
22
°
C
LO
LOW
Indoor fan speed
OFF LOW
SELECTED
FAN
LOW
LOLOW
COMP ON
■
Auto Change Over
• In response to user's wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.
• The Operation diagram is as following.
Room
Temperature
+F
°
C
+
°
C
+X
°
C
Setting Temperature
ß
-Y
°
C
-1
°
C
-G
°
C
Thermal
Indoor fan
Cycle
O X O X
Setting fan speed
Low
Setting fan speed
Low
Cooling Operation
• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition
Switching condition
Tai
≤
Ts
- G
(2)˚C
Tai
≥
Ts + F(2)˚C
* Tai : Indoor Temperature
* Ts : Setting Temperature
Operation mode switching
Cooling Heating
Heating Cooling
X
Off
O X O X
Setting fan speed
H/Start
Setting fan speed
Heating operation
H/Start
O X
Setting fan speed
Low
Cooling
F
Definition
Cooling switching temperature
G Heating switching temperature
X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling
Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling
Thermal Off Temperature for Heating
Thermal On Temperature for Heating
Default(˚C)
2
2
0.5
0.5
1
0
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 28 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Dimensions
4. Dimensions
ARNU07GTJ*1
ARNU09GTJ*1
ARNU12GTJ*1
32.8
19.1
16.5
961.2
860
138
83
198.8
131 .
Number
1
2
3
4
Name
Liquid pipe connection
Gas pipe connection
Air suction grill
Air discharge grill
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 29 -
1070
939
2
1
30
36
50
83
4
3
Descripition
ø6.35 flare
ø12.7 flare
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
5. Piping Diagrams
Heat Exchanger
EEV
Filter
C.F.F.
Filter lndoor unit
: Thermistor
Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter
Model
ARNU07GTJ*1
ARNU09GTJ*1
ARNU12GTJ*1
:Cooling
:Heating
Gas
12.7(1/2)
[unit: mm(inch)]
Liquid
6.35(1/4)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 30 -
LGE Internal Use Only
6. Wiring Diagrams
Wiring Diagrams
Accessory
CONNECTOR NUMBER
CN-POWER
CN-MOTOR2
CN-D/PUMP
CN-COMM
CN-DISP1
CN-EEV
CN-STEP/M1
CN-FLOAT
CN-PIPE
CN-PIPE/O
CN-ROOM
CN-REMO
LOCATION POINT
AC POWER SUPPLY
FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT
COMMUNICATION
DISPLAY
EEV OUTPUT
STEP MOTOR
FLOAT SWITCH INPUT
PIPE SENSOR
DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR
ROOM SENSOR
REMOTE CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP
CONNECTION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS
EEV CONTROL OUTPUT
STEP MOTOR OUTPUT
FLOAT SWITCH SENSING
PIPE THERMISTOR
DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
ROOM THERMISTOR
REMOTE CONTROL LINE
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 31 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 32 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (2Way)
1. Specifications .............................................................................34
2. Functions ....................................................................................36
3. Operation Details........................................................................37
4. Dimensions .................................................................................40
5. Piping Diagrams .........................................................................41
6. Wiring Diagrams .........................................................................42
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 33 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
1. Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h
Casing
Dimensions (W*D*H)
Coil
Fan
Body
Front Panel mm inch mm inch
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area m
2
Type
Motor Output x Number W
Running Current A
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
Motor type
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Safety Device
Liquid Side mm(inch)
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm
Net Weight kg(lbs)
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable
Panel Color
Panel Name(Acc'y)
* Model Name
A:Basic, C:Plasma
2Way Ceiling Cassette
ARNU18GTL*1
5,600
4,800
19,100
6,300
5,400
21,500
Galvanized Steel Plate
830x550x225
32.6x21.6x8.9
1050x640x28.5
41.3x25.2x1.1
2x11x20
0.13
Cross Flow Fan
70
0.36
13/12/10
459/424/353
Direct
BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
25.0
28(61.7)
40/35/30
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
PT-HL*
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are Net Capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 34 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
* Model Name
A:Basic, C:Plasma
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Power cable
Type
Model
Casing
Dimensions (W*D*H)
Coil
Fan
Body
Front Panel mm inch mm inch
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type
Motor Output x Number
Running Current m
W
A
2
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
Motor type
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Safety Device
Refrigerant Control
Transmission cable
Panel Color
Panel Name(Acc'y)
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm
Net Weight kg(lbs)
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
2Way Ceiling Cassette
ARNU24GTL*1
7,100
6,100
24,200
8,000
6,900
27,300
Galvanized Steel Plate
830x550x225
32.6x21.6x8.9
1050x640x28.5
41.3x25.2x1.1
2x11x20
0.13
Cross Flow Fan
70
0.36
17/15/13
601/530/459
Direct
BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene
Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
25.0
28(61.7)
42/37/32
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
PT-HL*
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are Net Capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 35 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2. Functions
Indoor Unit
Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller
Sensing the Room Temperature
• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)
Room temperature control
Starting Current Control
• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.
• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.
Indoor Fan Speed Control
• Jet, High, Med, Low, Lolow
Soft Dry Operation Mode
• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.
Airflow Direction Control
• The louver can be set at swing up and down automatically.
Auto Restart
• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.
Deice (defrost) control (Heating)
Hot-start Control (Heating)
Compact and light design
Low noise
Long life filter
High head Drain pump
• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.
• Hot start after defrost ends.
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature will be reached at 25°C.
• To install a unit is very convenient because of smaller size than textile.
High-Ceiling corresponding Function
• The most advanced low-noise design.
• The adoption of turbo fan and round type heat exchanger give the quietest operation.
• Long life wrinkle(type) and washable and anti-bacteria filter is adopted.
• Built-in drain pump automatically drains water.
• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.
• According to the height of ceiling, the RPM of indoor fan motor is selected to increase air reaching distance.
Central Control(Optional)
• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.
Auto Change Over
• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 36 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
3. Operation Details
The functions of main control
■
Auto Swing Control
• This function is to swing the louver up and down automatically.
■
Soft-Dry Operation
• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.
■
Cooling Mode Operation
• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following
Intake Air Temperature
Thermo. ON
(SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C)
Thermo. OFF
(SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C)
Selected
INDOOR FAN
Speed
More than
3 minutes
More than
3 minutes
Selected
Low Low
Speed
Selected
Speed
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 37 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Heating Mode Operation
The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.
Indoor pipe
Temperature
36(42)
°
C
33(39)
°
C
25
°
C
22(20)
°
C
Room
Temperature
Thermal Off
Thermal On
Thermal
Outdoor fan
Indoor fan
Stop Low Low
ON
ON
Setting fan speed
4 Way
Low
Minimum
3min
OFF
OFF
Setting fan speed
ON
Low Stop Stop Low
ON
ON
Setting fan speed
Indoor Unit mode
2TH
(Remo.+Indoor)
Remo. mode
Thermal ON
ST+2
To be selected lower temperature contrast Indoor Unit and Remo.
ST+0
Thermal OFF
ST+4
To be selected lower temperature contrast Indoor Unit and Remo.
ST+2
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 38 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Hot-start Control
The indoor fan does no rotate until the evaporator piping temperature will be reached to 25°C.
The operation diagram is as following.
Pipe temperature
35
°
C
30
°
C
27
°
C
25
°
C
22
°
C
LO
LOW
Indoor fan speed
OFF LOW
SELECTED
FAN
LOW
LOLOW
COMP ON
■
Auto Change Over
• In response to user's wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.
• The Operation diagram is as following.
Room
Temperature
+F
°
C
+
°
C
+X
°
C
Setting Temperature
ß
-Y
°
C
-1
°
C
-G
°
C
Thermal
Indoor fan
O X O X
Setting fan speed
Low
Setting fan speed
Low
Cooling Operation Cycle
• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition
Switching condition
Tai
≤
Ts - G (2) ℃
* Tai : Indoor Temperature
* Ts : Setting Temperature
Operation mode switching
Cooling Heating
X
Off
O X O X
Setting fan speed
H/Start
Setting fan speed
Heating operation
H/Start
O X
Setting fan speed
Low
Cooling
F
G
Definition
Cooling switching temperature
Heating switching temperature
X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling
Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling
Thermal Off Temperature for Heating
Default(
℃
)
2
2
0.5
0.5
1
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 39 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Dimensions
4. Dimensions
ARNU18GTL*1
ARNU24GTL*1
830
889.2
1050
A
B
TL
225
126.5
28.5
A
B
47.9
2
1
4
3
Number
1
2
3
4
Name
Liquid pipe connection
Gas pipe connection
Air discharge grill
Air suction grill
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 40 -
(unit : mm)
Descripition
(18k) Ø6.35, (24k)Ø9.52
(18k) Ø12.7, (24k)Ø15.88
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
5. Piping Diagrams
Heat Exchanger
EEV
Filter
C.F.F.
Filter lndoor unit
: Thermistor
Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter
Model
ARNU18GTL*1
ARNU24GTL*1
Gas
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø15.88(5/8)
:Cooling
:Heating
[unit: mm(inch)]
Liquid
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 41 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wiring Diagrams
6. Wiring Diagrams
Accessory
CONNECTOR NUMBER
CN-POWER
CN-MOTOR2
CN-D/PUMP
CN-COMM
CN-DISP1
CN-EEV
CN-VANE1
CN-FLOAT
CN-PIPE1
CN-PIPE2
CN-ROOM
CN-REMO
SPEC
AC POWER SUPPLY
FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT
COMMUNICATION
DISPLAY
EEV OUTPUT
STEP MOTOR
FLOAT SWITCH INPUT
PIPE SENSOR
DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR
ROOM SENSOR
REMOTE CONTROLLER
DESCRIPTION
AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP
CONNECTION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS
EEV CONTROL OUTPUT
STEP MOTOR OUTPUT
FLOAT SWITCH SENSING
PIPE THERMISTOR
DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
ROOM THERMISTOR
REMOTE CONTROL LINE
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 42 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (4Way)
1. Specifications .............................................................................44
2. Functions ....................................................................................47
3. Operation Details........................................................................48
4. Dimensions .................................................................................51
5. Piping Diagrams .........................................................................53
6. Wiring Diagrams .........................................................................54
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 43 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
1. Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h
Casing
Dimensions (W*D*H)
Coil
Fan
Body
Front Panel mm inch mm inch
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type m
2
Motor Output x Number
Running Current
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
W
A
Motor type
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Safety Device
Liquid Side mm(inch)
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm
Net Weight kg(lbs)
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable
Panel Color mm mm
2
2
ARNU09GTE*1
2,800
2,400
9,600
3,200
2,800
10,900
4 Way Ceiling Cassette
ARNU12GTE*1
3,600
3,100
12,300
4,000
3,400
13,600
ARNU18GTE*1
5,600
4,800
19,100
6,300
5,400
21,500
Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate
570x570x269 570x570x269 570x570x269
22.4x22.4x10.5
670x670x30
26.4x26.4x1.2
22.4x22.4x10.5
670x670x30
26.4x26.4x1.2
22.4x22.4x10.5
670x670x30
26.4x26.4x1.2
2x11x18 2x11x18 2x11x18
0.32 0.32 0.32
Turbo Fan
40
0.18
Turbo Fan
40
0.18
Turbo Fan
40
0.18
9/8/7
318/282/247
Direct
BLDC
11/10/9
389/353/318
Direct
BLDC
13/12/10
459/424/353
Direct
BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Foamed polystrene
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Foamed polystrene
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
25.0 25.0 25.0
19(41.9)
39/33/30
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
19(41.9)
41/35/32
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
19(41.9)
43/37/35
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
* A : Basic Model
B : Plasma Model
- 44 -
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
Model
Type
Unit
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions (W*D*H)
Body
Front Panel mm inch mm inch
Coil
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type
Motor Output x Number
Running Current m
W
A
2
Fan Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
Motor type
Temperature Control
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm
Net Weight kg(lbs)
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable
Panel Color mm mm
2
2
ARNU24GTH*1
7,100
6,100
24,200
4 Way Ceiling Cassette
ARNU28GTH*1
8,200
7,100
28,000
ARNU36GTD*1
10,600
9,100
36,200
8,000
6,900
9,200
8,000
11,900
10,200
27,300 31,500 40,600
Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate
840x840x225 840x840x225 840x840x288
33.0x33.0x8.9
950x950x30
37.4x37.4x1.2
2x9x18
33.0x33.0x8.9
950x950x30
37.4x37.4x1.2
2x9x18
33.0x33.0x11.3
950x950x30
37.4x37.4x1.2
2x12x19
0.43 0.43 0.57
Turbo Fan
33
0.15
17/15/13
600/529/459
Turbo Fan
33
0.15
19/16/14
671/565/494
Turbo Fan
144
0.56
25/21/19
883/742/671
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene
Fuse Fuse Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
25.0 25.0 25.0
24(52.9) 24(52.9) 32(70.5)
38/35/31 39/38/32 43/40/39
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
* A : Basic Model
B : Plasma Model
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 45 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
Model
Type
Unit
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h
Casing
Dimensions (W*D*H)
Coil
Fan
Body mm inch
Front Panel mm inch
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type
Motor Output x Number m 2
W
Running Current A
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
Motor type
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side mm(inch) mm(inch)
Net Weight
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm kg(lbs)
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable
Panel Color mm mm
2
2
4 Way Ceiling Cassette
ARNU42GTD*1
12,300
10,600
42,000
13,800
11,000
43,800
Galvanized Steel Plate
ARNU48GTD*1
14,100
12,100
48,100
15,900
13,200
51,200
Galvanized Steel Plate
840x840x288
33.0x33.0x11.3
950x950x30
37.4x37.4x1.2
2x12x19
840x840x288
33.0x33.0x11.3
950x950x30
37.4x37.4x1.2
2x12x19
0.57 0.57
Turbo Fan Turbo Fan
144
0.56
30/27/24
144
0.56
31/29/27
1059/954/848
Direct
1095/1024/954
Direct
BLDC BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene
Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø15.88(5/8) Ø15.88(5/8)
25.0 25.0
32(70.5) 32(70.5)
44/42/40
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
45/43/41
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
* A : Basic Model
B : Plasma Model
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 46 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2. Functions
Indoor Unit
Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller
Sensing the Room Temperature
• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)
Room temperature control
Starting Current Control
• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.
• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.
Indoor Fan Speed Control
Soft Dry Operation Mode
• Jet, High, Med, Low, Lolow
• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.
Airflow Direction Control
• The louver can be set at swing up and down automatically.
Auto Restart
• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.
Deice (defrost) control (Heating)
Hot-start Control (Heating)
Compact and light design
Low noise
Long life filter
High head Drain pump
• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.
• Hot start after defrost ends.
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature will be reached at 25°C.
• To install a unit is very convenient because of smaller size than textile.
High-Ceiling corresponding Function
• The most advanced low-noise design.
• The adoption of turbo fan and round type heat exchanger give the quietest operation.
• Long life wrinkle(type) and washable and anti-bacteria filter is adopted.
• Built-in drain pump automatically drains water.
• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.
• According to the height of ceiling, the RPM of indoor fan motor is selected to increase air reaching distance.
Central Control(Optional)
• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.
Swirl Swing Control
• It is operating swirl swing
Auto Change Over
• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 47 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
3. Operation Details
The functions of main control
■
Auto Swing Control
• This function is to swing the louver up and down automatically.
■
Soft-Dry Operation
• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.
■
Cooling Mode Operation
• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following
Intake Air Temperature
Thermo. On
(SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C)
Thermo. Off
(SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C)
Selected
INDOOR FAN
Speed
More than
3 minutes
More than
3 minutes
Selected
Low Low
Speed
Selected
Speed
■
Swirl Swing Control
Vane 2, 4 is almost vane closed while vane1, 3 is opened.
Vane 1, 3 and vane 2,4 turn over minutely
Vane 2
Vane 1 Vane 3
Vane 4
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 48 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Heating Mode Operation
The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.
Indoor pipe
Temperature
36(42)
°
C
33(39)
°
C
25
°
C
22(20)
°
C
Room
Temperature
Thermal Off
Thermal On
Thermal
Outdoor fan
Indoor fan
ON
Stop Low Low
ON
Setting fan speed
4 Way
Low
Minimum
3min
OFF
OFF
Setting fan speed
ON
Low Stop Stop Low
ON
ON
Setting fan speed
Indoor Unit mode
2TH
(Remo.+Indoor)
Remo. mode
Thermal ON
ST+2
To be selected lower temperature contrast Indoor Unit and Remo.
ST+0
Thermal OFF
ST+4
To be selected lower temperature contrast Indoor Unit and Remo.
ST+2
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 49 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Hot-start Control
The indoor fan does no rotate until the evaporator piping temperature will be reached to 25°C.
The operation diagram is as following.
Pipe temperature
35
°
C
30
°
C
27
°
C
25
°
C
22
°
C
LO
LOW
Indoor fan speed
OFF LOW
SELECTED
FAN
LOW
LOLOW
COMP ON
■
Auto Change Over
• In response to user's wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.
• The Operation diagram is as following.
Room
Temperature
+F
°
C
+
°
C
+X
°
C
Setting Temperature
ß
-Y
°
C
-1
°
C
-G
°
C
Thermal
Indoor fan
O X O X
Setting fan speed
Low
Setting fan speed
Low
Cooling Operation Cycle
• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition
Switching condition
Tai
≤
Ts - G (2) ℃
* Tai : Indoor Temperature
* Ts : Setting Temperature
Operation mode switching
Cooling Heating
X
Off
O X O X
Setting fan speed
H/Start
Setting fan speed
Heating operation
H/Start
O X
Setting fan speed
Low
Cooling
F
G
Definition
Cooling switching temperature
Heating switching temperature
X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling
Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling
Thermal Off Temperature for Heating
Default(
℃
)
2
2
0.5
0.5
1
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 50 -
LGE Internal Use Only
4. Dimensions
ARNU09GTE*1
ARNU12GTE*1
ARNU18GTE*1
670
670
670
269
Dimensions
39.5
600 (Ceiling opening)
521(Hanging bolt)
39.5
570 Unit size
Unit:mm
570
450
5
6
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
Name
Liquid pipe connection
Gas pipe connection
Drain pipe connection
Power supply connection
Air discharge grill
Air suction grill
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 51 -
4
40
110 110
3
Descripition
Unit size(9k, 12k, 18k):Ø6.35
Unit size(9k, 12k, 18k):Ø12.7
(unit : mm)
1 2
LGE Internal Use Only
Dimensions
ARNU24GTH*1
ARNU28GTH*1
ARNU36GTD*1
ARNU42GTD*1
ARNU48GTD*1
950
950
950
5
45
875 (Ceiling opening)
785(Hanging bolt)
45
840 Unit size
840
672
Unit:mm
6
4
1
2
TH
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
Name
Liquid pipe connection
Gas pipe connection
Drain pipe connection
Power supply connection
Air discharge grill
Air suction grill
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 52 -
TD
3
(unit : mm)
Descripition
Unit Size (24k, 28k, 36k, 42k, 48k):Ø9.52
Unit Size(24k, 28k, 36k, 42k, 48k):Ø15.88
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
5. Piping Diagrams
Heat Exchanger
EEV
Filter
Turbo Fan
Filter lndoor unit
:Cooling
:Heating
: Thermistor
Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter
Model
ARNU09GTE*1
ARNU12GTE*1
ARNU18GTE*1
ARNU24GTH*1
ARNU28GTH*1
ARNU36GTD*1
ARNU42GTD*1
ARNU48GTD*1
Gas
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø15.88(5/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
[unit: mm(inch)]
Liquid
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 53 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wiring Diagrams
6. Wiring Diagrams
TE/TH
TD
CONNECTOR NUMBER
CN-POWER
CN-MOTOR2
CN-DPUMP
CN-COMM
CN-DISP
CN-EEV
CN-VANE1
CN-FLOAT
CN-PIPE1
CN-PIPE2
CN-ROOM
CN-REMO
LOCATION POINT
AC POWER SUPPLY
FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT
COMMUNICATION
DISPLAY
EEV OUTPUT
STEP MOTOR
FLOAT SWITCH INPUT
PIPE SENSOR
DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR
ROOM SENSOR
REMOTE CONTROLLER
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
FUNCTION
AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP
CONNECTION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS
EEV CONTROL OUTPUT
STEP MOTOR OUTPUT
FLOAT SWITCH SENSING
PIPE THERMISTOR
DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
ROOM THERMISTOR
REMOTE CONTROL LINE
- 54 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Art Cool Type
1. Specification ...............................................................................56
2. Functions ....................................................................................57
3. Operation Details........................................................................58
4. Dimensions .................................................................................65
5. Piping Diagrams .........................................................................66
6. Wiring Diagrams .........................................................................67
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 55 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
1. Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body
Coil
Fan
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type m 2
Motor Output x Number
Running Current
W
A
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
Motor type
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)
Net Weight
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h mm inch
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable
Front Panel('*' Position) mm mm
2
2
ARNU07GSP*1
2,200
1,900
7,500
2,500
2,200
8,500
ARTCOOL
ARNU09GSP*1
2,800
2,400
9,600
3,200
2,800
10,900
ARNU12GSP*1
3,600
3,100
12,300
4,000
3,400
13,600
570x137x568
22.4x5.4x22.3
570x137x568
22.4x5.4x22.3
570x137x568
22.4x5.4x22.3
2x20x20 2x20x20 2x20x20
0.16 0.16 0.16
Turbo Fan Turbo Fan Turbo Fan
30
0.14
6/5.5/5
212/194/177
Direct
30
7/ 6.5 /6
247/230/212
Direct
30
0.14 0.14
8.7/ 8.1 /7.5
307/286/265
Direct
BLDC BLDC BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
12.2 12.2 12.2
12(26.5) 12(26.5) 12(26.5)
38/34/32 40/36/33 42/38/36
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
M:Metal, D:Wood, B:Blue, W:White
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 56 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2. Functions
Indoor Unit
Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller
Sensing the Room Temperature
• Room temperature sensor. (THERMISTOR)
Room temperature control
• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting temperature
Starting Current Control
• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 sec at the starting.
Indoor Fan Speed Control
• High, Med, Low, CHAOS
Operation indication Lamps (LED)
Signal Receptor
Receives the signals from the remote control.(Signal receiving sound: two short beeps or one long beep.)
Operation Indication Lamps
On/Off
Sleep Mode
Timer
Defrost Mode
Temperature
: Lights up during the system operation.
: Lights up during Sleep Mode Auto operation.
: Lights up during Timer operation.
: Lights up during Defrost Mode or Hot Start operation.
: Indicate the setting temperature.
Soft Dry Operation Mode
• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.
Sleep Mode Auto Control
• The fan is switched to low(Cooling), med(Heating) speed.
• The unit will be stopped after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 hours.
Natural Air Control by CHAOS Logic
• The fan is switched to intermittent or irregular operation
• The fan speed is automatically switched from high to low speed.
Airflow Direction Control
• The louver can be set at the desired position or swing up and down automatically.
Defrost(Deice) control (Heating)
• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.
Hot-start Control (Heating)
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator pipe temperature will be reached at 28°C.
Auto Change Over
• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 57 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
3. Operation Details
The functions of main control
DISPLAY
(1) High quality LCD remote controller supplied
Operation Indicator
• On while in appliance operation, off while in appliance pause
Timer(on/off) and Sleep timer Indicator
• On while in timer mode (on/off) and in sleep timer mode, off when timer mode is completed or canceled
Defrost Indicator
• Off except when hot start during heating mode operation or while in defrost control.
Plasma Indicator
• On while in plasma mode, off while plasma mode is canceled.
Auto restart
• In case the power comes on again after a power failure, Auto Restarting Operation is the function to operate procedures automatically to the previous operating conditions.
If your want to use this operation, press the Auto Restart Button.
Power(Forced Operation)
• Operation starts, when this button is pressed and stops when you press the button again.
■
Cooling Mode Operation
• When the intake air temperature reaches 0.5°C below the setting temp, the compressor and the outdoor fan stop.
• When it reaches 0.5°C above the setting temp, they start to operate again.
Compressor ON Temp=> Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp-0.5°C
• While in compressor running, operating with the airflow speed set by the remote controller. While in compressor not running, operating with the low airflow speed regardless of the setting.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 58 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Healthy Dehumidification Mode
• When the dehumidification operation input by the remote controller is received, the intake air temperature is detected and the setting temp is automatically set according to the intake air temperature.
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp < 26°C => Intake Air Temp-1°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp < 24°C => Intake Air Temp-0.5°C
Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C
• While in compressor off, the indoor fan repeats low airflow speed and pause.
• While the intake air temp is between compressor on temp. and compressor off temp., 10-min dehumidification operation and 4-min compressor off repeat
Compressor ON Temp. => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp. => Setting Temp-0.5°C
• In 10-min dehumidification operation, the indoor fan operates with the low airflow speed.
■
Heating Mode Operation
• When the intake air temp reaches +3°Cabove the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp. => Setting Temp. +2°C
Compressor OFF Temp. => Setting Temp. -4°C
• While in compressor on, the indoor fan is off when the indoor pipe temp. is below 26®¨C , when above 28°C , it operates with the low or setting airflow speed (while in sleep mode, with the medium airflow speed).
• While in compressor off, the indoor fan is off when the indoor pipe temp is below 33°C , when above 35°C , it operates with the low airflow speed.
• If overloaded while in heating mode operation, in order to prevent the compressor from OLP operation, the outdoor fan is turned on/off according to the indoor pipe temp.
• While in defrost control, both of the indoor and outdoor fans are turned off.
■
Defrost Control
• While in heating mode operation in order to protect the evaporator pipe of outdoor unit from freezing, reversed to cooling cycle to defrost the evaporator pipe of the outdoor unit.
• Defrost control is available 30 minutes later since heating mode operation started, and it will not prolong over 6 minutes.
• Deicing starts only when the outdoor pipe temperature falls below -6°C after 30 minutes passed from starting of heating operating and more than 10 minutes operation of compressor.
• Deicing ends after 6 minutes passed from starting of deice operation or when the outdoor pipe temperature rises over 12°C even if before 6 minutes.
■
Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)
• According to the temperature set by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 59 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C
22°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp
Intake Air Temp<18°C => 18°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature
■
Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)
• When any of operation mode is not selected like the moment of the power on or when 3 hrs has passed since the operation off, the operation mode is selected.
• When determining the operation mode, the compressor, the outdoor fan, and the 4 way valve are off and only the indoor fan is operated for 15 seconds. Then an operation mode is selected according to the intake air temp at that moment as follows.
24°C
≤
Inatake Air Temp => Fuzzy Operation for Cooling
21°C
≤
Inatake Air Temp<24°C => Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification
Inatake Air Temp<21°C => Fuzzy Operation for Heating
• If any of the operation modes among cooling / dehumidification / heating mode operations is carried out for 10 sec or longer before Fuzzy operation, the mode before Fuzzy operation is operated.
1) Fuzzy Operation for Cooling
• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C
22°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp
Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature.
2) Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification
• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 60 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C
22°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp
Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan repeats the low airflow speed or pause as in dehumidification operation.
3) Fuzzy Operation for Heating
• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 3°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp. +2°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp. +4°C
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
20°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => Intake Air Temp + 0.5°C
Intake Air Temp < 20°C => 20°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the high or the medium according to the intake air temperature and the setting temperature.
■
Airflow Speed Selection
• The airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to high, medium, low, or chaos by the input of the airflow speed selection key on the remote controller.
■
On-Timer Operation
• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance starts to operate.
• The timer LED is on when the on-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.
• If the appliance is operating at the time set by the timer, the operation continues.
■
Off-Timer Operation
• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance stops operating.
• The timer LED is on when the off-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.
• If the appliance is on pause at the time set by the timer, the pause continues.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 61 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Off-Timer <=> On-Timer Operation
• When the set time is reached after the on/off time is input by the remote controller, the on/off-timer operation is carried out according to the set time.
■
Sleep Timer Operation
• When the sleep time is reached after <1,2,3,4,5,6,7,0(cancel) hr> is input by the remote controller while in appliance operation, the operation of the appliance stops.
• While the appliance is on pause, the sleep timer mode cannot be input.
• While in cooling mode operation, 30 min later since the start of the sleep timer, the setting temperature increases by 1°C After another 30 min elapse, it increases by 1°C again.
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in cooling cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the low.
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in heating cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the medium.
■
Chaos Swing Mode
• By the Chaos Swing key input, the vane automatically operates with the Chaos Swing or they are fixed to the desired direction.
■
Chaos Natural Wind Mode
• When the Chaos Natural Wind mode is selected and then operated, the high, medium, or low speed of the airflow mode is operated for 2~15 sec randomly by the Chaos Simulation.”
■
Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)
• If the Jet Cool key is input at any operation mode while in appliance operation, the Jet Cool mode operates.
• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.
• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.
• During the JET COOL function at any moment, the A/C starts to blow the cool air with side louvers closed at extremely high speed for 30 minutes setting the room temp. automatically to 18°C.
■
Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)
• While in heating mode or Fuzzy operation, the Jet Cool key cannot be input. When it is input while in the other mode operation (cooling, dehumidification, ventilation), the Jet Cool mode is operated.”
• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.
• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.
• During the JET HEAT function at any moment, the A/C starts to blow the hot air with side louvers closed at extremely high speed for 60 minutes setting the room temp. automatically to 30°C.
■
Auto Restarting Operation
• When the power is restored after a sudden power failure while in appliance operation, the mode before the power failure is kept on the memory and the appliance automatically operates in the mode on the memory.
• Operation Mode that is kept on the memory
- State of Operation ON/OFF
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 62 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
- Operation Mode/Setting Temp/Selected Airflow Speed
- Sleep Timer Mode/Remaining Time of Sleep Timer (unit of hour)
■
Forced Operation
• Operation procedures when the remote control can't be used.
• The operation will be started if the power button is pressed.
• If you want to stop operation, re-press the button.
Operating mode
Indoor Fan Speed
Setting Temperature
Cooling Model
Cooling
High
22°C
Heat pump Model
Room Temp.
≥
24°C 21°C
≤
Room Temp. < 24°C Room Temp. < 21°C
Cooling Healthy Dehumidification Heating
High
22°C
High
23°C
High
24°C
• While in forced operation, the key input by the remote control has no effect and the buzzer sounds 10 times to indicate the forced operation.
■
Test operation
•
During the TEST OPERATION, the unit operates in cooling mode at high speed fan, regardless of room temperature and resets in 18±1 minutes.
•
During test operation, if remote controller signal is received, the unit operates as remote controller sets.
If you want to use this operation, Press and hold ON/OFF button 3~5 seconds, then the buzzer sound 1 "beep".
•
If you want to stop the operation, re-press the button.
■
Protection of the evaporator pipe from frosting
• If the indoor pipe temp is below 0°C in 7 min. after the compressor operates without any pause while in cooling cycle operation mode, the compressor and the outdoor fan are turned off in order to protect the indoor evaporator pipe from frosting.
• When the indoor pipe temp is 7°C or higher after 3 min. pause of the compressor, the compressor and the outdoor fan is turned on according to the condition of the room temperature.
■
Buzzer Sounding Operation
• When the appliance-operation key is input by the remote control, the short "beep-beep-" sounds.
• When the appliance-pause key is input by the remote control, the long "beep—" sounds.
• When a key is input by the remote control while the slide switch on the main unit of the appliance is on the forced operation position, the error sound "beep-beep-beep-beep-beep-" is made 10 times to indicate that the remote control signal cannot be received.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 63 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Air Cleaner Operation
• When an air cleaner function is selected during Air Conditioner operation
- Plasma air cleaner function will be operated while in any operation mode with selecting the function.
- The function is to be stopped while it is operating with selecting the function.
• When an air cleaner function is selected during operation off
- The function will be only operated.
• When inlet grille of air conditioner is opened during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) is to be stopped. When inlet grille of air conditioner is closed during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) will be operated again.
■
Auto Change Over
• In response to user's wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.
• The Operation diagram is as following.
Room
Temperature
+F
°
C
+
°
C
+X
°
C
Setting Temperature
ß
-Y
°
C
-1
°
C
-G
°
C
Thermal
Indoor fan
Cycle
O
X
O
X
Setting
Fan
Speed
Low
Setting
Fan
Speed
Low
Cooling Operation
X
O
X
O
X
Off
Setting
Fan
Speed
H/Start
Setting
Fan
Speed
Heating operation
H/Start
O
X
Setting
Fan
Speed
Low
Cooling
• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition
Switching condition
Tai
≤
Ts - G (2) ℃
* Tai : Indoor Temperature
* Ts : Setting Temperature
Operation mode switching
Cooling Heating
F
G
Definition
Cooling switching temperature
Heating switching temperature
X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling
Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling
Thermal Off Temperature for Heating
Default( ℃ )
2
2
0.5
0.5
1
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 64 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Dimensions
4. Dimensions
ARNU07GSP*1
ARNU09GSP*1
ARNU12GSP*1
W
Hanger Hole
D
H
Pipe Hole
More than 20cm
More than 50cm
More than 1.5m
Model
ARNU07GSP*1
ARNU09GSP*1
ARNU12GSP*1
More than 50cm
Fix Hole
(Unit: mm)
Note:
1. Pipe Specification(mm)
Model
7, 9, 12k
Liquid
Ø6.35
Gas
Ø12.7
W
570
H
568
D
137
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 65 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
5. Piping Diagrams
Heat Exchanger
EEV
Filter
Turbo Fan
Filter lndoor unit
: Thermistor
Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter
Model Gas
ARNU07GSP*1
ARNU09GSP*1
ARNU12GSP*1
12.7(1/2)
*(Color): M(Metal), D(Wood), B(Blue), W(White)
[unit: mm(inch)]
Liquid
6.35(1/4)
:Cooling
:Heating
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 66 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wiring Diagrams
6. Wiring Diagrams
BLDC
MOTOR
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
(Accessory)
Accessory
CONNECTOR NUMBER
CN-POWER
CN-MOTOR1
CN-COM
CN-EEV
CN-D1
CN-D2
CN-LR1
CN-LR2
CN-UD
CN-TH1
CN-TH2
LOCATION POINT
AC POWER SUPPLY
FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
COMMUNICATION
EEV OUTPUT
DISPLAY
DISPLAY
STEP MOTOR
STEP MOTOR
STEP MOTOR
ROOM/PIPE SENSOR
DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR
FUNCTION
AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
EEV CONTROL OUTPUT
DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS
DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS
STEP MOTOR OUTPUT FOR LEFT/RIGHT
STEP MOTOR OUTPUT FOR LEFT/RIGHT
STEP MOTOR OUTPUT
ROOM AND PIPE THERMISTOR
DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 67 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 68 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Art Cool Type(Wide)
1. Specifications .............................................................................70
2. Functions ....................................................................................71
3. Operation Details........................................................................72
4. Dimensions .................................................................................79
5. Piping Diagrams .........................................................................80
6. Wiring Diagrams .........................................................................81
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 69 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
1. Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body
Coil
Fan
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type m 2
Motor Output x Number
Running Current
W
A
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
Motor type
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)
Net Weight
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h mm inch
Power Supply
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable
Front Panel('*' Position)
Ø / V / Hz mm mm
2
2
ARTCOOL Wide
ARNU18GSV*1
5,600
4,800
19,100
6,300
5,400
21,500
928x147x522
36.5x5.8x20.6
2x16x20
0.24
Turbo Fan
30
0.14
13.5/11.4 /10.4
477/403/367.5
Direct
BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
12.2
15(33)
44/39/34
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
M:Metal, D:White, B:Blue, W:White
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 70 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2. Functions
Indoor Unit
Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller
Sensing the Room Temperature
• Room temperature sensor. (THERMISTOR)
Room temperature control
• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temp.
Starting Current Control
• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 sec at the starting.
Indoor Fan Speed Control
• High, Med, Low, CHAOS
Operation indication Lamps (LED)
Signal Receptor
Receives the signals from the remote control.(Signal receiving sound: two short beeps or one long beep.)
Operation Indication Lamps
On/Off : Lights up during the system operation.
Sleep Mode : Lights up during Sleep Mode Auto operation.
Timer : Lights up during Timer operation.
Defrost Mode : Lights up during Defrost Mode or Hot Start operation.
Temperature : Indicate the setting temperature.
Soft Dry Operation Mode
• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.
Sleep Mode Auto Control
• The fan is switched to low(Cooling), med(Heating) speed.
• The unit will be stopped after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 hours.
Natural Air Control by CHAOS Logic
• The fan is switched to intermittent or irregular operation
• The fan speed is automatically switched from high to low speed.
Airflow Direction Control
• The louver can be set at the desired position or swing up and down automatically.
Defrost(Deice) control (Heating)
• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.
Hot-start Control (Heating)
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator pipe temperature will be reached at 28°C.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 71 -
Auto Change Over
It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
3. Operation Details
The functions of main control
DISPLAY
1) High quality LCD remote controller supplied
Operation Indicator
• On while in appliance operation, off while in appliance pause
Timer Indicator
• On while in timer mode (on/off) and in sleep timer mode, off when timer mode is completed or canceled
Defrost Indicator
• Off except when hot start during heating mode operation or while in defrost control.
Plasma Indicator
• On while in plasma mode, off while plasma mode is canceled.
Auto restart Indicator
• On while auto restart mode, off while auto restart mode is canceled.
Auto restart
• In case the power comes on again after a power failure, Auto Restarting Operation is the function to operate procedures automatically to the previous operating conditions.
If your want to use this operation, press the Auto Restart Button.
Power(Forced Operation)
• Operation starts, when this button is pressed and stops when you press the button again.
■
Cooling Mode Operation
• When the intake air temperature reaches 0.5°C below the setting temp, the compressor and the outdoor fan stop.
• When it reaches 0.5°C above the setting temp, they start to operate again.
Compressor ON Temp=> Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp-0.5°C
• While in compressor running, operating with the airflow speed set by the remote controller. While in compressor not running, operating with the low airflow speed regardless of the setting.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 72 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Healthy Dehumidification Mode
• When the dehumidification operation input by the remote controller is received, the intake air temperature is detected and the setting temp is automatically set according to the intake air temperature.
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp < 26°C => Intake Air Temp-1°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp < 24°C => Intake Air Temp-0.5°C
Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C
• While in compressor off, the indoor fan repeats low airflow speed and pause.
• While the intake air temp is between compressor on temp. and compressor off temp., 10-min dehumidification operation and 4-min compressor off repeat
Compressor ON Temp. => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp. => Setting Temp-0.5°C
• In 10-min dehumidification operation, the indoor fan operates with the low airflow speed.
■
Heating Mode Operation
• When the intake air temp reaches +3°Cabove the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp. => Setting Temp. +2˚C
Compressor OFF Temp. => Setting Temp.+4°C
• While in compressor on, the indoor fan is off when the indoor pipe temp. is below 26®¨C , when above 28°C , it operates with the low or setting airflow speed (while in sleep mode, with the medium airflow speed).
• While in compressor off, the indoor fan is off when the indoor pipe temp is below 33°C , when above 35°C , it operates with the low airflow speed.
• If overloaded while in heating mode operation, in order to prevent the compressor from OLP operation, the outdoor fan is turned on/off according to the indoor pipe temp.
• While in defrost control, both of the indoor and outdoor fans are turned off.
■
Defrost Control
• While in heating mode operation in order to protect the evaporator pipe of outdoor unit from freezing, reversed to cooling cycle to defrost the evaporator pipe of the outdoor unit.
• Defrost control is available 30 minutes later since heating mode operation started, and it will not polong over 6 minutes.
• Deicing starts only when the outdoor pipe temperature falls below -6°C after 30 minutes passed from starting of heating operating and more than 10 minutes operation of compressor.
• Deicing ends after 6 minutes passed from starting of deice operation or when the outdoor pipe temperature rises over 12°C even if before 6 minutes.
■
Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)
• According to the temperature set by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 73 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C
22°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp
Intake Air Temp<18°C => 18°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature
■
Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)
• When any of operation mode is not selected like the moment of the power on or when 3 hrs has passed since the operation off, the operation mode is selected.
• When determining the operation mode, the compressor, the outdoor fan, and the 4 way valve are off and only the indoor fan is operated for 15 seconds. Then an operation mode is selected according to the intake air temp at that moment as follows.
24°C
≤
Inatake Air Temp => Fuzzy Operation for Cooling
21°C
≤
Inatake Air Temp<24°C => Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification
Inatake Air Temp<21°C => Fuzzy Operation for Heating
• If any of the operation modes among cooling / dehumidification / heating mode operations is carried out for 10 sec or longer before Fuzzy operation, the mode before Fuzzy operation is operated.
1) Fuzzy Operation for Cooling
• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C
22°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp
Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature.
2) Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification
• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 74 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C
22°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp
Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan repeats the low airflow speed or pause as in dehumidification operation.
3) Fuzzy Operation for Heating
• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 3°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp + 2°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp + 4°C
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
20°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => Intake Air Temp + 0.5°C
Intake Air Temp < 20°C => 20°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the high or the medium according to the intake air temperature and the setting temperature.
■
Airflow Speed Selection
• The airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to high, medium, low, or chaos by the input of the airflow speed selection key on the remote controller.
■
On-Timer Operation
• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance starts to operate.
• The timer LED is on when the on-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.
• If the appliance is operating at the time set by the timer, the operation continues.
■
Off-Timer Operation
• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance stops operating.
• The timer LED is on when the off-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.
• If the appliance is on pause at the time set by the timer, the pause continues.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 75 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Off-Timer <=> On-Timer Operation
• When the set time is reached after the on/off time is input by the remote controller, the on/off-timer operation is carried out according to the set time.
■
Sleep Timer Operation
• When the sleep time is reached after <1,2,3,4,5,6,7,0(cancel) hr> is input by the remote controller while in appliance operation, the operation of the appliance stops.
• While the appliance is on pause, the sleep timer mode cannot be input.
• While in cooling mode operation, 30 min later since the start of the sleep timer, the setting temperature increases by 1°C After another 30 min elapse, it increases by 1°C again.
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in cooling cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the low.
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in heating cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the medium.
■
Chaos Swing Mode
• By the Chaos Swing key input, the vane automatically operates with the Chaos Swing or they are fixed to the desired direction.
■
Chaos Natural Wind Mode
• When the Chaos Natural Wind mode is selected and then operated, the high, medium, or low speed of the airflow mode is operated for 2~15 sec randomly by the Chaos Simulation.”
■
Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)
• If the Jet Cool key is input at any operation mode while in appliance operation, the Jet Cool mode operates.
• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.
• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.
• When the Jet Cool key is input, the upper/lower vanes are reset to those of the initial cooling mode and then operated in order that the air outflow could reach further.
■
Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)
• While in heating mode or Fuzzy operation, the Jet Cool key cannot be input. When it is input while in the other mode operation (cooling, dehumidification, ventilation), the Jet Cool mode is operated.”
• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.
• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.
• When the Jet Cool key is input, the upper/lower vanes are reset to those of the initial cooling mode and then operated in order that the air outflow could reach further.
■
Auto Restarting Operation
• When the power is restored after a sudden power failure while in appliance operation, the mode before the power failure is kept on the memory and the appliance automatically operates in the mode on the memory.
• Operation Mode that is kept on the memory
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 76 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
- State of Operation ON/OFF
- Operation Mode/Setting Temp/Selected Airflow Speed
- Sleep Timer Mode/Remaining Time of Sleep Timer (unit of hour)
■
Forced Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)
• To operate the appliance by force in case that the remote controller is lost, the forced operation button is on the main unit of the appliance to operate the appliance in the standard conditions.
• Press the forced operation button, the forced operation is carried out.
• Press the forced operation button once again to stop operation.
• The forced operation is carried out in cooling mode with the setting temperature 22°C and the high speed of airflow.
■
Forced Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)
• To operate the appliance by force in case that the remote controller is lost, the forced operation selection switch is on the main unit of the appliance to operate the appliance in the standard conditions.
• Press the forced operation button, the forced operation is carried out.
• Press the forced operation button once again to stop operation.
• In the forced operation mode, the indoor fan is operated at low speed for around 15 sec and then the operation condition is set according to the intake air temperature as follows.
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => Cooling Mode Operation, 22°C, High Speed
21°C
≤
Intake Air Temp < 24°C => Dehumidification Operation, 23°C, High Speed
Intake Air Temp < 21°C => Heating Mode Operation, 24°C, High Speed
■
Test Operation Control
• To check the condition of the installation when installing the appliance, the appliance is operated at cooling mode, high speed of airflow, compressor-on for 18 min without controlling the room temperature.
• After supplying power to the main body, keep pressing the forced operation button for about 3 seconds.
• While in test operation, a key can be input by the remote controller.
When a key (operation start/stop, operation mode selection, airflow speed selection, temperature control, Jet
Cool) is input by the remote controller, the test operation is canceled and the appliance is operated according to the setting by the remote controller.
■
Protection of the evaporator pipe from frosting
• In the temperrature of the indoor pipe is below 0°C after 7 minutes from starting the compressor, the compressor and outdoor fan are stopped, and 3 minutes delay of operating of the compressor, when the temperature of the indoor pipe is over 7°C, the compressor and the outdoor fan are reoperated.
• Outdoor fan motor stops when indoor pipe temperature is blow 3°C and restarts at the pipe temperature above
6°C or after 90 seconds, if the pipe temperature does not rise to 6°C, outdoor fan motor runs continuously at even below 3°C.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 77 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Buzzer Sounding Operation
• When the appliance-operation key is input by the remote controller, the short “beep-beep-” sounds.
• When the appliance-pause key is input by the remote controller, the long “beep—” sounds.
■
Air Cleaner Operation
• When an air cleaner function is selected during Air Conditioner operation
- Plasma air cleaner function will be operated while in any operation mode with selecting the function.
- The function is to be stopped while it is operating with selecting the function.
• When an air cleaner function is selected during operation off
- The function will be only operated.
• When inlet grille of air conditioner is opened during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) is to be stopped. When inlet grille of air conditioner is closed during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) will be operated again.
■
Auto Change Over
• In response to user's wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.
• The Operation diagram is as following.
Room
Temperature
+F
°
C
+
°
C
+X
°
C
Setting Temperature
ß
-Y
°
C
-1
°
C
-G
°
C
Thermal
Indoor fan
Cycle
O
X
O
X
Setting
Fan
Speed
Low
Setting
Fan
Speed
Low
Cooling Operation
X
Off
O
X
O
X
Setting
Fan
Speed
H/Start
Setting
Fan
Speed
Heating operation
H/Start
O
X
Setting
Fan
Speed
Low
Cooling
• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition
Switching condition
Tai
≤
Ts - G (2) ℃
* Tai : Indoor Temperature
* Ts : Setting Temperature
Operation mode switching
Cooling Heating
F
G
Definition
Cooling switching temperature
Heating switching temperature
X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling
Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling
Thermal Off Temperature for Heating
Default( ℃ )
2
2
0.5
0.5
1
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 78 -
LGE Internal Use Only
4. Dimensions
ARNU18GSV*1
W
D
Dimensions
Pipe Hole Pipe Hole
60mm
Model
ARNU18GSV*1
60mm
W
928
H
522
More than
50cm
More than 1.5m
More than 20cm
More than
50cm
(Unit: mm)
D
147
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 79 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
5. Piping Diagrams
Heat Exchanger
EEV
Filter
Turbo Fan
Filter lndoor unit
: Thermistor
Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter
Model
ARNU18GSV*1
Gas
Ø12.7(1/2)
*(Color): M(Metal), D(Wood), B(Blue), W(White)
[unit: mm(inch)]
Liquid
Ø6.35(1/4)
:Cooling
:Heating
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 80 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wiring Diagrams
6. Wiring Diagrams
BLDC
MOTOR
BLDC
MOTOR
CN-D1(WH) CN-D2(BL)
DISPLAY
SAFETY S/W
FORCE S/W
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
(Accessory)
Accessory
CONNECTOR NUMBER
CN-POWER
CN-MOTOR1/2
CN-COM
CN-EEV
CN-D1
CN-D2
CN-LR1
CN-LR2
CN-UD
CN-TH1
CN-TH2
LOCATION POINT
AC POWER SUPPLY
FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
COMMUNICATION
EEV OUTPUT
DISPLAY
DISPLAY
STEP MOTOR
STEP MOTOR
STEP MOTOR
ROOM/PIPE SENSOR
DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR
FUNCTION
AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
EEV CONTROL OUTPUT
DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS
DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS
STEP MOTOR OUTPUT FOR LEFT/RIGHT
STEP MOTOR OUTPUT FOR LEFT/RIGHT
STEP MOTOR OUTPUT
ROOM AND PIPE THERMISTOR
DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 81 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 82 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Art Cool Type(Mirror)
1. Specifications .............................................................................84
2. Functions ....................................................................................86
3. Operation Details........................................................................87
4. Dimensions .................................................................................94
5. Piping Diagrams .........................................................................95
6. Wiring Diagrams .........................................................................96
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 83 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
1. Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body
Coil
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type
Motor Output x Number
Running Current m
W
A
2
Fan Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
Motor type
Temperature Control
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h mm inch
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side mm(inch) mm(inch)
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)
Net Weight
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable
Front Panel('*' Position) mm mm
2
2
ARNU07GSE*1
2,200
1,900
7,500
2,500
2,200
ART COOL Mirror
ARNU09GSE*1
2,800
2,400
9,600
3,200
2,800
ARNU12GSE*1
3,600
3,100
12,300
4,000
3,400
8,500
915x169x282
36.0x6.5x11.1
2x15x20
10,900
915x169x282
36.0x6.5x11.1
2x15x20
13,600
915x169x282
36.0x6.5x11.1
2x15x20
0.32 0.32 0.32
Cross Flow Fan
40
0.2
7/6/4
247/212/141
Cross Flow Fan
40
0.2
8/7/5
282/247/177
Cross Flow Fan
40
0.2
10/8/6
353/283/212
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable) Net(Washable) Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
16
9(19.8)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
16
9(19.8)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
16
9(19.8)
37/33/23
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
39/35/25
1, 220 ~240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
R:Mirror V:Silver B:Blue
41/36/27
1, 220 ~240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 84 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body
Coil
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type
Motor Output x Number
Running Current m
W
A
2
Fan Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
Motor type
Temperature Control
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h mm inch
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side mm(inch) mm(inch)
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)
Net Weight
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable
Front Panel('*' Position) mm mm
2
2
ART COOL Mirror
ARNU18GS3*1
5,600
4,800
19,100
6,300
5,400
ARNU24GS3*1
7,100
6,100
24,200
8,000
6,900
21,500
1170x173x315
46.1x6.8x12.4
2x13x20
27,300
1170x173x315
46.1x6.8x12.4
2x13x20
0.15 0.15
Cross Flow Fan
40
0.2
12.6/11.5/10
445/406/353
Cross Flow Fan
40
0.2
15/14/13
530/494/459
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable) Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
16
13(28.6)
Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
16
13(28.6)
42/40/37
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
44/41/38
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
R:Mirror W:White D:Wood B:Blue M:Metal C:Cherry
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 85 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2. Functions
Indoor Unit
Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller
Sensing the Room Temperature
• Room temperature sensor. (THERMISTOR)
Room temperature control
• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temp.
Starting Current Control
• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 sec at the starting.
Indoor Fan Speed Control
• High, Med, Low, CHAOS
Operation indication Lamps (LED)
Signal Receptor
Receives the signals from the remote control.(Signal receiving sound: two short beeps or one long beep.)
Operation Indication Lamps
On/Off : Lights up during the system operation.
Sleep Mode : Lights up during Sleep Mode Auto operation.
Timer : Lights up during Timer operation.
Defrost Mode : Lights up during Defrost Mode or Hot Start operation.
Temperature : Indicate the setting temperature.
Soft Dry Operation Mode
• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.
Sleep Mode Auto Control
• The fan is switched to low(Cooling), med(Heating) speed.
• The unit will be stopped after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 hours.
Natural Air Control by CHAOS Logic
• The fan is switched to intermittent or irregular operation
• The fan speed is automatically switched from high to low speed.
Airflow Direction Control
• The louver can be set at the desired position or swing up and down automatically.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 86 -
Defrost(Deice) control (Heating)
• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.
Hot-start Control (Heating)
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator pipe temperature will be reached at 28°C.
Auto Change Over
• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
3. Operation Details
The functions of main control
DISPLAY
1) High quality LCD remote controller supplied
Operation Indicator
• On while in appliance operation, off while in appliance pause
Timer Indicator
• On while in timer mode (on/off) and in sleep timer mode, off when timer mode is completed or canceled
Defrost Indicator
• Off except when hot start during heating mode operation or while in defrost control.
Plasma Indicator
• On while in plasma mode, off while plasma mode is canceled.
Auto restart Indicator
• On while auto restart mode, off while auto restart mode is canceled.
Auto restart
• In case the power comes on again after a power failure, Auto Restarting Operation is the function to operate procedures automatically to the previous operating conditions.
If your want to use this operation, press the Auto Restart Button.
Power(Forced Operation)
• Operation starts, when this button is pressed and stops when you press the button again.
■
Cooling Mode Operation
• When the intake air temperature reaches 0.5°C below the setting temp, the compressor and the outdoor fan stop.
• When it reaches 0.5°C above the setting temp, they start to operate again.
Compressor ON Temp=> Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp-0.5°C
• While in compressor running, operating with the airflow speed set by the remote controller. While in compressor not running, operating with the low airflow speed regardless of the setting.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 87 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Healthy Dehumidification Mode
• When the dehumidification operation input by the remote controller is received, the intake air temperature is detected and the setting temp is automatically set according to the intake air temperature.
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp < 26°C => Intake Air Temp-1°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp < 24°C => Intake Air Temp-0.5°C
Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C
• While in compressor off, the indoor fan repeats low airflow speed and pause.
• While the intake air temp is between compressor on temp. and compressor off temp., 10-min dehumidification operation and 4-min compressor off repeat
Compressor ON Temp. => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp. => Setting Temp-0.5°C
• In 10-min dehumidification operation, the indoor fan operates with the low airflow speed.
■
Heating Mode Operation
• When the intake air temp reaches +3°Cabove the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Themo ON Temp. => Setting Temp. +2˚C
Themo OFF Temp. => Setting Temp.+4°C
• While in compressor on, when above 38°C, it operates with setting airflow speed (while in sleep mode, with the medium airflow speed).
• While in compressor off, the indoor fan is off when the indoor pipe temp is below 33°C , when above 35°C , it operates with the low airflow speed.
• While in defrost control, both of the indoor and outdoor fans are turned off.
■
Defrost Control
• While in heating mode operation in order to protect outdoor unit from freezing, reversed to cooling cycle to defrost of the outdoor unit.
■
Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)
• According to the temperature set by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C
22°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp
Intake Air Temp<18°C => 18°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 88 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)
• When any of operation mode is not selected like the moment of the power on or when 3 hrs has passed since the operation off, the operation mode is selected.
• When determining the operation mode, the compressor, the outdoor fan, and the 4 way valve are off and only the indoor fan is operated for 15 seconds. Then an operation mode is selected according to the intake air temp at that moment as follows.
24°C
≤
Inatake Air Temp => Fuzzy Operation for Cooling
21°C
≤
Inatake Air Temp<24°C => Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification
Inatake Air Temp<21°C => Fuzzy Operation for Heating
• If any of the operation modes among cooling / dehumidification / heating mode operations is carried out for 10 sec or longer before Fuzzy operation, the mode before Fuzzy operation is operated.
1) Fuzzy Operation for Cooling
• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C
22°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp
Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature.
2) Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification
• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 89 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C
22°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp
Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan repeats the low airflow speed or pause as in dehumidification operation.
3) Fuzzy Operation for Heating
• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 3°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp + 2°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp + 4°C
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
20°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => Intake Air Temp + 0.5°C
Intake Air Temp < 20°C => 20°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the high or the medium according to the intake air temperature and the setting temperature.
■
Airflow Speed Selection
• The airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to high, medium, low, or chaos by the input of the airflow speed selection key on the remote controller.
■
On-Timer Operation
• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance starts to operate.
• The timer LED is on when the on-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.
• If the appliance is operating at the time set by the timer, the operation continues.
■
Off-Timer Operation
• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance stops operating.
• The timer LED is on when the off-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.
• If the appliance is on pause at the time set by the timer, the pause continues.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 90 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Off-Timer <=> On-Timer Operation
• When the set time is reached after the on/off time is input by the remote controller, the on/off-timer operation is carried out according to the set time.
■
Sleep Timer Operation
• When the sleep time is reached after <1,2,3,4,5,6,7,0(cancel) hr> is input by the remote controller while in appliance operation, the operation of the appliance stops.
• While the appliance is on pause, the sleep timer mode cannot be input.
• While in cooling mode operation, 30 min later since the start of the sleep timer, the setting temperature increases by 1°C After another 30 min elapse, it increases by 1°C again.
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in cooling cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the low.
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in heating cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the medium.
■
Chaos Swing Mode
• By the Chaos Swing key input, the vane automatically operates with the Chaos Swing or they are fixed to the desired direction.
■
Chaos Natural Wind Mode
• When the Chaos Natural Wind mode is selected and then operated, the high, medium, or low speed of the airflow mode is operated for 2~15 sec randomly by the Chaos Simulation.”
■
Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)
• If the Jet Cool key is input at any operation mode while in appliance operation, the Jet Cool mode operates.
• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.
• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.
• When the Jet Cool key is input, the upper/lower vanes are reset to those of the initial cooling mode and then operated in order that the air outflow could reach further.
■
Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)
• While in heating mode or Fuzzy operation, the Jet Cool key cannot be input. When it is input while in the other mode operation (cooling, dehumidification, ventilation), the Jet Cool mode is operated.”
• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.
• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.
• When the Jet Cool key is input, the upper/lower vanes are reset to those of the initial cooling mode and then operated in order that the air outflow could reach further.
■
Auto Restarting Operation
• When the power is restored after a sudden power failure while in appliance operation, the mode before the power failure is kept on the memory and the appliance automatically operates in the mode on the memory.
• Operation Mode that is kept on the memory
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 91 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
- State of Operation ON/OFF
- Operation Mode/Setting Temp/Selected Airflow Speed
- Sleep Timer Mode/Remaining Time of Sleep Timer (unit of hour)
■
Forced Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)
• To operate the appliance by force in case that the remote controller is lost, the forced operation button is on the main unit of the appliance to operate the appliance in the standard conditions.
• Press the forced operation button, the forced operation is carried out.
• Press the forced operation button once again to stop operation.
• The forced operation is carried out in cooling mode with the setting temperature 22°C and the high speed of airflow.
■
Forced Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)
• To operate the appliance by force in case that the remote controller is lost, the forced operation selection switch is on the main unit of the appliance to operate the appliance in the standard conditions.
• Press the forced operation button, the forced operation is carried out.
• Press the forced operation button once again to stop operation.
• In the forced operation mode, the indoor fan is operated at low speed for around 15 sec and then the operation condition is set according to the intake air temperature as follows.
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => Cooling Mode Operation, 22°C, High Speed
21°C
≤
Intake Air Temp < 24°C => Dehumidification Operation, 23°C, High Speed
Intake Air Temp < 21°C => Heating Mode Operation, 24°C, High Speed
■
Test Operation Control
• To check the condition of the installation when installing the appliance, the appliance is operated at cooling mode, high speed of airflow, compressor-on for 18 min without controlling the room temperature.
• After supplying power to the main body, keep pressing the forced operation button for about 3 seconds.
• While in test operation, a key can be input by the remote controller.
When a key (operation start/stop, operation mode selection, airflow speed selection, temperature control, Jet
Cool) is input by the remote controller, the test operation is canceled and the appliance is operated according to the setting by the remote controller.
■
Protection of the evaporator pipe from frosting
• In the temperrature of the indoor pipe is below 0°C after 7 minutes from starting the compressor, the compressor and outdoor fan are stopped, and 3 minutes delay of operating of the compressor, when the temperature of the indoor pipe is over 7°C, the compressor and the outdoor fan are reoperated.
• Outdoor fan motor stops when indoor pipe temperature is blow 3°C and restarts at the pipe temperature above
6°C or after 90 seconds, if the pipe temperature does not rise to 6°C, outdoor fan motor runs continuously at even below 3°C.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 92 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Buzzer Sounding Operation
• When the appliance-operation key is input by the remote controller, the short “beep-beep-” sounds.
• When the appliance-pause key is input by the remote controller, the long “beep—” sounds.
■
Air Cleaner Operation
• When an air cleaner function is selected during Air Conditioner operation
- Plasma air cleaner function will be operated while in any operation mode with selecting the function.
- The function is to be stopped while it is operating with selecting the function.
• When an air cleaner function is selected during operation off
- The function will be only operated.
• When inlet grille of air conditioner is opened during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) is to be stopped. When inlet grille of air conditioner is closed during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) will be operated again.
■
Auto Change Over
• In response to user wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.
• The Operation diagram is as following.
Room
Temperature
+F
°
C
+
°
C
+X
°
C
Setting Temperature
ß
-Y
°
C
-1
°
C
-G
°
C
Thermal
Indoor fan
Cycle
O
X
O
X
Setting
Fan
Speed
Low
Setting
Fan
Speed
Low
Cooling Operation
X
Off
O
X
O
X
Setting
Fan
Speed
H/Start
Setting
Fan
Speed
Heating operation
H/Start
O
X
Setting
Fan
Speed
Low
Cooling
• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition
Switching condition
Tai
≤
Ts - G(2)˚C
Tai
≥
Ts + F(2)˚C
* Tai : Indoor Temperature
* Ts : Setting Temperature
Operation mode switching
Cooling Heating
Heating Cooling
F
G
Definition
Cooling switching temperature
Heating switching temperature
X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling
Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling
Thermal Off Temperature for Heating
Thermal On Temperature for Heating
Default(˚C)
2
2
0.5
0.5
1
0
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 93 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Dimensions
4. Dimensions
ARNU18GS3*1
ARNU24GS3*1
H
W
D
More than 5cm
More than 10cm
More than
5cm
More than 2.3m
Installation plate
Drain Hose
Pipe See Note
More than 5cm
More than 10cm
ARNU07GSE*1
ARNU09GSE*1
ARNU12GSE*1
H
W
361
1030
970
D
494 More than 2.3m
More than
5cm
4-R7
13
153
53
Model
ARNU07GSE*1
ARNU09GSE*1
ARNU12GSE*1
ARNU18GS3*1
ARNU24GS3*1
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
1030
W
915
- 94 -
1170
H
282
R208
(unit : mm)
D
169
315 173
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
5. Piping Diagrams
Heat Exchanger
EEV
Filter
C.F.F
Filter lndoor unit
:Cooling
:Heating
: Thermistor
Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter
MODEL
ARNU07GSE*1
ARNU09GSE*1
ARNU12GSE*1
ARNU18GS3*1
ARNU24GS3*1
GAS
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø15.88(5/8)
*SE-(Color) : R(Mirror),V(Silver), B(Blue)
S3 -(Color) : R(Mirror), M(Metal), B(Blue), D(Wood), W(White), C(Cherry)
[unit: mm(inch)]
LIQUID
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 95 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wiring Diagrams
6. Wiring Diagrams
SE Chassis
Accessory
CONNECTOR NUMBER LOCATION POINT
CN-POWER AC POWER SUPPLY
CN-MOTOR1
CN-COM
FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
COMMUNICATION
CN-EEV
CN-L/R
CN-U/D
CN-TH1
EEV OUTPUT
STEP MOTOR
STEP MOTOR
ROOM/PIPE SENSOR
CN-TH2
CN-SUB
CN-HVB
CN-VFD
CN-CON
CN_AC/DC
DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR
STEP MOTOR(FRONT)
AIR PURIFIER
DISPLAY
SAFETY CONNECTION
AC/DC CONNECTION
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 96 -
FUNCTION
AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
EEV CONTROL OUTPUT
STEP MOTOR OUTPUT FOR LEFT/RIGHT
STEP MOTOR OUTPUT
ROOM & PIPE THERMISTOR
DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
FRONT PANEL STEP MOTOR
AIR PURIFIER OUTPUT
DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS
SAFETY OF INDOOR STATUS
CONNECTION BETWEEN AC PCB AND DC PCB
LGE Internal Use Only
S3 Chassis
BLDC
MOTOR
Wiring Diagrams
Accessory
CONNECTOR NUMBER
CN-POWER
CN-MOTOR1
CN-COM
CN-EEV
CN-L/R
CN-U/D
CN-TH1
CN-TH2
CN-SUB
CN-HVB
CN-VFD
CN-CON
CN_AC/DC
LOCATION POINT
AC POWER SUPPLY
FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
COMMUNICATION
EEV OUTPUT
STEP MOTOR
STEP MOTOR
ROOM/PIPE SENSOR
DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR
STEP MOTOR(FRONT)
AIR PURIFIER
DISPLAY
SAFETY CONNECTION
AC/DC CONNECTION
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 97 -
FUNCTION
AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
EEV CONTROL OUTPUT
STEP MOTOR OUTPUT FOR LEFT/RIGHT
STEP MOTOR OUTPUT
ROOM & PIPE THERMISTOR
DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
FRONT PANEL STEP MOTOR
AIR PURIFIER OUTPUT
DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS
SAFETY OF INDOOR STATUS
CONNECTION BETWEEN AC PCB AND DC PCB
LGE Internal Use Only
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 98 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Ceiling Concealed Duct Type (Low static)
1. Specifications ...........................................................................100
2. Funtions ....................................................................................102
3. Operation Details......................................................................103
4. Dimensions ...............................................................................106
5. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................107
6. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................108
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 99 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
1. Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Casing
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body
Coil
Fan mm inch
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type
Motor Output x Number
Running Current m
W
A
2
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
External Static Pressure Pa
Drive
Motor type
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Drain Pipe(Inner Dia.)
Net Weight
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable mm mm
2
2
ARNU07GB1G1
Ceiling Concealed Duct (Low Static)
ARNU09GB1G1 ARNU12GB1G1
2,200 2,800 3,600
1,900
7,500
2,500
2,200
8,500
2,400
9,600
3,200
2,800
10,900
3,100
12,300
4,000
3,400
13,600
Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate
820 x 575 x 190 820 x 575 x 190 820 x 575 x 190
32.3 x 21.7 x 7.5
2x11x21
32.3 x 21.7 x 7.5
2x11x21
32.3 x 21.7 x 7.5
2x11x21
0.16 0.16 0.16
Sirocco Fan
30
0.1
8.5/7.5/6.5
300.2 / 264.9 / 229.6
Sirocco Fan
30
0.1
9.5/8.5/7.5
335.5 / 300.2 / 264.9
Sirocco Fan
30
0.1
10.5/9.5/8.5
370.9 / 335.5 / 300.2
19.6
Direct
19.6
Direct
19.6
Direct
BLDC BLDC BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
25.4 25.4 25.4
17(37.5)
35/33/31
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
17(37.5)
36/34/32
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
17(37.5)
37/35/33
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 100 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h
Casing
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body mm inch
Coil
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type m 2
Motor Output x Number
Running Current
W
A
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm Fan cfm
External Static Pressure Pa
Drive
Motor type
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side mm(inch) mm(inch)
Drain Pipe(Inner Dia.)
Net Weight
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable mm mm
2
2
Ceiling Concealed Duct (Low Static)
ARNU18GB2G1
5,600
4,800
ARNU24GB2G1
7,000
6,100
19,100
6,300
5,400
21,500
Galvanized Steel Plate
24,200
8,000
6,900
27,300
Galvanized Steel Plate
1100 x 575 x 190
43.3 x 21.7 x 7.5
1100 x 575 x 190
43.3 x 21.7 x 7.5
2x10x19 2x10x19
0.23 0.23
Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan
80 80
0.24
0.24
16 / 14 / 12
565 / 494.4 / 423.8
19.6
17.5 / 15 / 13
618 / 530 / 459
19.6
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable) Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø12.7(1/2) Ø15.88(5/8)
25.4 25.4
21(46.3) 21(46.3)
40/37/34
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
43/40/37
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 101 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2. Functions
Indoor Unit
Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller
Sensing the Room Temperature
• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)
Room temperature control
• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.
Starting Current Control
• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.
Indoor Fan Speed Control
• High, Med, Low
Soft Dry Operation Mode
• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.
Auto Restart
• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.
Deice (defrost) control (Heating)
Hot-start Control (Heating)
• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.
• Hot start after defrost ends.
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature reaches 25°C.
High head height Drain pump
• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.
• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.
Central Control(Optional)
Auto Change Over
• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 102 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
3. Operation Details
The functions of main control
■
Soft-Dry Operation
• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.
■
Cooling Mode Operation
• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following.
Intake Air Temperature
SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C
(Thermo. ON)
SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C
(Thermo. OFF)
Thermal fan speed
ON
More than
3 minutes
OFF
More than
3 minutes fan speed
ON OFF
Selecting fan speed
ON
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 103 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Heating Mode Operation
The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.
Indoor unit
Heat-Exchanger temperature
40
°
C
T
ST
T
LT
T
Off
T
On
A
Intake Air Temperature
3min
B
Low fan during 10sec
Setting Temperature
+3
°
C
(Thermal OFF)
Setting Temperature
(Thermal ON)
1min
Minimum
3min
1min
Thermal
Outdoor fan
Indoor fan
4way valve
Off Low Low
ON
ON
Setting fan spped
Low
Setting fan spped
ON
Low
OFF
OFF
Off
C
Off
ON
ON
Low
Setting fan spped
• Compressor-off interval
A
°
C, fan operates
at low speed, when it becomes lower than 40
°
C fan stops.
Chassis
Hotstart On
Hotstart Off
T
On
T
Off
Low temperature T
LT
Setting Temperature T
ST
High Static Low Static
BH BG BR B1 B2 CE CF
19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C
22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C
25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C
27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C
Convertible
VE
26°C
27°C
28°C
30°C
VJ
26°C
27°C
28°C
30°C
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 104 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Hot-Start Control
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the indoor unit Hex-Exchanger temperature reaches 30°C.
• The operation diagram is as following.
Indoor unit
Heat-Exchanger temperature
Hotstart Off
Hotstart On
1 min 1 min
Thermal
Outdoor fan
ON
ON
Indoor fan
Off Low
Setting fan speed
ON
4way Valve
• Initial Hotstart On state
➀
Power Off
➠
On
➁
Operation Off
➠
On
➂
Cooling operation
➠
Heating operation
➃
Defrost operation
Off Low
Setting fan speed
■
Auto Change Over
• In response to user wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.
• The Operation diagram is as following.
Room
Temperature
+F
°
C
+
°
C
+X
°
C
Setting Temperature
ß
-Y
°
C
-1
°
C
-G
°
C
Thermal
O X O X X O X O X O X
Indoor fan
Cycle Cooling Operation
• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition
Switching condition
Tai
≤
Ts - G(2)˚C
Tai
≥
Ts + F(2)˚C
Operation mode switching
Cooling Heating
Heating Cooling
* Tai : Indoor Temperature
* Ts : Setting Temperature
Setting fan speed
Low
Setting fan speed
Low Off
Setting fan speed
H/Start
Setting fan speed
Heating operation
F
H/Start
Setting fan speed
Low
Cooling
Definition
Cooling switching temperature
G Heating switching temperature
X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling
Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling
Thermal Off Temperature for Heating
Thermal On Temperature for Heating
Default(˚C)
2
2
0.5
0.5
1
0
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 105 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Dimensions
4. Dimensions
ARNU07GB1G1/ARNU09GB1G1/ ARNU12GB1G1
ARNU18GB2G1/ARNU24GB2G1
B
A
H
Dimension
Capacity
A
7/9/12k BTU/h 850
18/24k BTU/h 1130
Drainage hole
B
900
1180
C
383
383
Top view
(unit: mm)
D
570
570
E
93.5
93.5
F
190
190
G
20.6
20.6
H
795
1065
I
163
163
(unit: mm)
Front view
600 600
H=20 or more
190
❉
Suitable dimension "H" is necessary to get
a slope to drain as figure
Front
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 106 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
5. Piping Diagrams
Heat Exchanger
EEV
Filter
Sirocco Fan
Filter lndoor unit
: Thermistor
Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter
MODEL
ARNU07GB1G1 / ARNU09GB1G1
ARNU12GB1G1 / ARNU18GB2G1
ARNU24GB2G1
:Cooling
:Heating
GAS
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø15.88(5/8)
[unit: mm(inch)]
LIQUID
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 107 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wiring Diagrams
6. Wiring Diagrams
Accessory
CONNECTOR
NUMBER
SPEC.
CN-MOTOR1 FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
CN-MOTOR2 FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
CN-PIPE/O DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
CN-PIPE PIPE SENSOR
CN-ROOM ROOM SENSOR
CN-REMO REMOTE CONTROLLER
CN-FLOAT FLOAT SWITCH INPUT
CN-EEV EEV OUTPUT
CN-D/PUMP DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT
CN-OPTION OPTION PWB.
CN-COM COMMUNICATION
CN-D/PUMP DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT
CN-POWER AC POWER SUPPLY
DESCRIPTION
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
PIPE THERMISTOR
ROOM THERMISTOR
REMOTE CONTROL LINE
FLOAT SWITCH SENSING
EEV CONTROL OUTPUT
AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN MAIN AND OPTION
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP
AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 108 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Ceiling Concealed Duct Type (Built in)
1. Specifications ...........................................................................110
2. Funtions ....................................................................................112
3. Operation Details......................................................................113
4. Dimensions ...............................................................................116
5. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................117
6. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................118
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 109 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
1. Specifications
Type
Accessory
Model
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h
Casing
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body
Coil
Fan mm inch
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type m
2
Motor Output x Number
Running Current
W
A
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
External Static Pressure Pa
Drive
Motor type
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)
Net Weight
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable mm mm
2
2
Ceiling Concealed Duct (Built-in)
PBSGB10
ARNU07GB3G1
2,200
1,900
PBSGB10
ARNU09GB3G1
2,800
2,400
PBSGB10
ARNU12GB3G1
3,600
3,100
7,500
2,500
2,200
8,500
9,600
3,200
2,800
10,900
12,300
4,000
3,400
13,600
Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate
820 x 575 x 190
32.3 x 21.7 x 7.5
820 x 575 x 190
32.3 x 21.7 x 7.5
820 x 575 x 190
32.3 x 21.7 x 7.5
2x11x21 2x11x21 2x11x21
0.16 0.16 0.16
Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan
30
0.1
8.5/7.5/6.5
300.2/264.9/229.6
19.6
30
0.1
9.5/8.5/7.5
335.5/300.2/264.9
19.6
30
0.1
10.5/9.5/8.5
370.9/335.5/300.2
19.6
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable) Net(Washable) Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2) Ø12.7(1/2) Ø12.7(1/2)
25.4 25.4 25.4
17(37.5) 17(37.5) 17(37.5)
35/33/31
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
36/34/32
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
37/35/33
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 110 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
Type
Accessory
Model
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body
Coil
Fan mm inch
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type
Motor Output x Number
Running Current m
W
A
2
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
External Static Pressure Pa
Drive
Motor type
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)
Net Weight
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable mm mm
2
2
Ceiling Concealed Duct (Built-in)
PBSGB20
ARNU18GB4G1
5,600
4,800
19,100
6,300
5,400
21,500
Galvanized Steel Plate
PBSGB20
ARNU24GB4G1
7,100
6,100
24,200
8,000
6,900
27,300
Galvanized Steel Plate
1100 x 575 x 190
43.3 x 21.7 x 7.5
1100 x 575 x 190
43.3 x 21.7 x 7.5
2x10x19 2x10x19
0.23 0.23
Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan
80
0.25
16/14/12
565/494.4/423.8
19.6
80
0.25
17.5/15/13
618/530/459
19.6
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable) Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø12.7(1/2) Ø15.88(5/8)
25.4 25.4
21(46.3) 21(46.3)
40/37/34
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
43/40/37
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 111 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2. Functions
Indoor Unit
Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller
Sensing the Room Temperature
• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)
Room temperature control
• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.
Starting Current Control
• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.
Indoor Fan Speed Control
• High, Med, Low
Soft Dry Operation Mode
• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.
Auto Restart
• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.
Deice (defrost) control (Heating)
Hot-start Control (Heating)
• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.
• Hot start after defrost ends.
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature reaches 25°C.
High head height Drain pump
• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.
• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.
Central Control(Optional)
Auto Change Over
• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 112 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
3. Operation Details
(1) The function of main control
■
Soft-Dry Operation
• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.
■
Cooling Mode Operation
• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following.
Intake Air Temperature
SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C
(Thermo. ON)
SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C
(Thermo. OFF)
Thermal fan speed
ON
More than
3 minutes
OFF
More than
3 minutes fan speed
ON OFF
Selecting fan speed
ON
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 113 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Heating Mode Operation
The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.
Indoor unit
Heat-Exchanger temperature
40
°
C
T
ST
T
LT
T
Off
T
On
A
Intake Air Temperature
Setting Temperature
+3
°
C
(Thermal OFF)
Setting Temperature
(Thermal ON)
3min
B Low fan during 10sec
1min
Minimum
3min
1min
Thermal
Outdoor fan
Indoor fan
4way valve
Off Low Low
ON
ON
Setting fan spped
Low
Setting fan spped
ON
Low
OFF
OFF
Off
C
Off
ON
ON
Low
Setting fan spped
• Compressor-off interval
A
°
C, fan operates
at low speed, when it becomes lower than 40
°
C fan stops.
Chassis
Hotstart On
Hotstart Off
T
On
T
Off
Low temperature T
LT
Setting Temperature T
ST
High Static Low Static
BH BG BR B1 B2 CE CF
19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C
22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C
25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C
27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C
Convertible
VE
26°C
27°C
28°C
30°C
VJ
26°C
27°C
28°C
30°C
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 114 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Hot-Start Control
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the indoor unit Hex-Exchanger temperature reaches 30°C.
• The operation diagram is as following.
Indoor unit
Heat-Exchanger temperature
Hotstart Off
Hotstart On
1 min 1 min
Thermal
Outdoor fan
Indoor fan
Off Low
ON
ON
Setting fan speed
ON
4way Valve
• Initial Hotstart On state
➀
Power Off
➠
On
➁
Operation Off
➠
On
➂
Cooling operation
➠
Heating operation
➃
Defrost operation
Off Low
Setting fan speed
■
Auto Change Over
• In response to user wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.
• The Operation diagram is as following.
Room
Temperature
+F
°
C
+
°
C
+X
°
C
Setting Temperature
ß
-Y
°
C
-1
°
C
-G
°
C
Thermal
Indoor fan
O X O X
Setting fan speed
Low
Setting fan speed
Low
Cooling Operation
X
Off
Cycle
• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition
Switching condition
Tai
≤
Ts - G(2)˚C
Tai
≥
Ts + F(2)˚C
Operation mode switching
Cooling Heating
Heating Cooling
* Tai : Indoor Temperature
* Ts : Setting Temperature
O X O X
Setting fan speed
H/Start
Setting fan speed
Heating operation
H/Start
F
O X
Setting fan speed
Low
Cooling
Definition
Cooling switching temperature
G Heating switching temperature
X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling
Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling
Thermal Off Temperature for Heating
Thermal On Temperature for Heating
Default(˚C)
2
2
0.5
0.5
1
0
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 115 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Dimensional Drawings
4. Dimensional Drawings
ARNU07GB3G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc’y)
ARNU09GB3G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc’y)
ARNU12GB3G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc’y)
ARNU18GB4G1+PBSGB20(Acc'y), PBSC20(Acc’y)
ARNU24GB4G1+PBSGB20(Acc'y), PBSC20(Acc’y)
With Suction Grilel
With Suction Grille
& suction canvas
Btu/h A
7, 9, 12K 938
18, 24K 1218
A
With Suction Grilel
A
With Suction Grille & suction canvas
A
A
Built In Suction Grille
C
B
PBSGB10
PBSGB20
A
949
1227
B
372
372
C
56.5
56.5
A
Built In Suction Canvas
B
C
Top view
(unit: mm)
Control box
Front view
A
PBSGB10 826.6
PBSGB20
1104.6
B
336
336
C
42~250
42~250
(unit: mm)
(unit: mm)
600
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
600
- 116 -
H
❉
Suitable dimension "H" is necessary to get
a slope to drain as given in the figure
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
5. Piping Diagrams
Heat Exchanger
EEV
Filter
Sirocco Fan
Filter lndoor unit
:Cooling
:Heating
: Thermistor
Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter
MODEL
ARNU07GB3G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc'y)
ARNU09GB3G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc'y)
ARNU12GB3G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc'y)
ARNU18GB4G1+PBSGB20(Acc'y), PBSC20(Acc'y)
ARNU24GB4G1+PBSGB20(Acc'y), PBSC20(Acc'y)
GAS
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø15.88(5/8)
[unit: mm(inch)]
LIQUID
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 117 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wiring Diagrams
6. Wiring Diagrams
Accessory
CONNECTOR
NUMBER
SPEC.
CN-MOTOR1 FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
CN-MOTOR2 FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
CN-PIPE/O DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
CN-PIPE PIPE SENSOR
CN-ROOM ROOM SENSOR
CN-REMO REMOTE CONTROLLER
CN-FLOAT FLOAT SWITCH INPUT
CN-EEV EEV OUTPUT
CN-D/PUMP DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT
CN-OPTION OPTION PWB.
CN-COM COMMUNICATION
CN-D/PUMP DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT
CN-POWER AC POWER SUPPLY
DESCRIPTION
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
PIPE THERMISTOR
ROOM THERMISTOR
REMOTE CONTROL LINE
FLOAT SWITCH SENSING
EEV CONTROL OUTPUT
AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN MAIN AND OPTION
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP
AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 118 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Ceiling Concealed Duct Type (High Static)
1. Specifications ...........................................................................120
2. Funtions ....................................................................................122
3. Operation Details......................................................................123
4. Dimensions ...............................................................................126
5. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................127
6. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................128
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 119 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
1. Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Casing
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body
Coil
Fan mm inch
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type
Motor Output x Number
Running Current m
W
A
2
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
External Static Pressure Pa
Drive
Motor type
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm
Net Weight kg(lbs)
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable mm mm
2
2
ARNU18GBHA1
Ceiling Concealed Duct(High Static)
ARNU24GBHA1 ARNU28GBGA1
5,600 7,100 8,200
4,800
19,100
6,300
5,400
21,500
6,100
24,200
8,000
6,900
27,300
7,100
28,000
9,200
8,000
31,500
Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate
882x450x260 882x450x260 1182x450x298
34.7x17.7x10.2
2x10x21
34.7x17.7x10.2
3x10x21
46.5x17.7x10.2
3x12x21
0.15 0.15 0.26
Sirocco Fan
150
Sirocco Fan
150
0.92 0.92
16.5/14.5/13 18/16.5/14
582/512/459 635/582/494
Sirocco Fan
450
2.30
25.2/22/17.1
890/777/604
58.8
Direct
58.8
Direct
78.5
Direct
BLDC BLDC BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
25.0 25.0 25.0
35(77.2)
42.5/41/37
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
35(77.2)
45/43/41
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
38(83.8)
44/42/40
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 120 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Casing
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body
Coil
Fan mm inch
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type
Motor Output x Number
Running Current m
W
A
2
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
External Static Pressure Pa
Drive
Motor type
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm
Net Weight kg(lbs)
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable mm mm
2
2
ARNU36GBGA1
Ceiling Concealed Duct(High Static)
ARNU42GBGA1 ARNU48GBRA1
10,600 12,300 14,100
9,100
36,200
11,900
10,200
40,600
10,600
42,000
13,800
11,000
43,800
12,100
48,100
15,900
13,200
51,200
Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate
1182x450x298 1182x450x298 1230x590x380
46.5x17.7x10.2
3x12x21
0.26
46.5x17.7x10.2
3x12x21
48.4x23.2x15
3x13x19
0.26 0.38
Sirocco Fan
450
2.3
28.4/25.2/22
1003/890/777
Sirocco Fan
450
2.3
32/29/27
1130/1024/953
Sirocco Fan
450
2.4
45/40/34
1589/1413/1201
78.5
Direct
78.5
Direct
98.1
Direct
BLDC BLDC BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
25
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
25.0 25.0
38(83.8)
46/44/42
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
38(83.8)
48/46/45
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
53(117)
45/43/41
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 121 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2. Functions
Indoor Unit
Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller
Sensing the Room Temperature
• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)
Room temperature control
• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.
Starting Current Control
• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.
Indoor Fan Speed Control
• High, Med, Low
Soft Dry Operation Mode
• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.
Auto Restart
• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.
Deice (defrost) control (Heating)
Hot-start Control (Heating)
• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.
• Hot start after defrost ends.
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature reaches 30°C.
High head height Drain pump
• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.
• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.
Central Control(Optional)
Auto Change Over
• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 122 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
3. Operation Details
The functions of main control
■
Soft-Dry Operation
• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.
■
Cooling Mode Operation
• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following.
Intake Air Temperature
SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C
(Thermo. ON)
SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C
(Thermo. OFF) More than
3 minutes
More than
3 minutes
Thermal fan speed
ON OFF fan speed
ON OFF
Selecting fan speed
ON
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 123 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Heating Mode Operation
The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.
Indoor unit
Heat-Exchanger temperature
40
°
C
T
ST
T
LT
T
Off
T
On
A
Intake Air Temperature
Setting Temperature
+3
°
C
(Thermal OFF)
3min
B Low fan during 10sec
Setting Temperature
(Thermal ON)
1min
Minimum
3min
1min
Thermal
Outdoor fan
Indoor fan
4way valve
Off Low Low
ON
ON
Setting fan spped
Low
Setting fan spped
ON
Low
OFF
OFF
Off
C
Off
ON
ON
Low
Setting fan spped
• Compressor-off interval
A
°
C, fan operates
at low speed, when it becomes lower than 40
°
C fan stops.
Chassis
Hotstart On
Hotstart Off
T
On
T
Off
Low temperature T
LT
Setting Temperature T
ST
High Static Low Static
BH BG BR B1 B2 CE CF
19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C
22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C
25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C
27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C
Convertible
VE
26°C
27°C
28°C
30°C
VJ
26°C
27°C
28°C
30°C
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 124 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Hot-Start Control
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the indoor unit Hex-Exchanger temperature reaches 30°C.
• The operation diagram is as following.
Indoor unit
Heat-Exchanger temperature
Hotstart Off
Hotstart On
1 min 1 min
Thermal
Outdoor fan
Indoor fan
Off Low
ON
ON
Setting fan speed
ON
Off Low
Setting fan speed
4way Valve
• Initial Hotstart On state
➀
Power Off
➠
On
➁
Operation Off
➠
On
➂
Cooling operation
➠
Heating operation
➃
Defrost operation
■
Auto Change Over
• In response to user wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.
• The Operation diagram is as following.
Room
Temperature
+F
°
C
+
°
C
+X
°
C
Setting Temperature
ß
-Y
°
C
-1
°
C
-G
°
C
Thermal
O X O X X O X O X O X
Indoor fan
Cycle Cooling Operation
• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition
Switching condition
Tai
≤
Ts - G(2)˚C
Tai
≥
Ts + F(2)˚C
Operation mode switching
Cooling Heating
Heating Cooling
* Tai : Indoor Temperature
* Ts : Setting Temperature
Setting fan speed
Low
Setting fan speed
Low Off
Setting fan speed
H/Start
Setting fan speed
Heating operation
F
G
H/Start
Setting fan speed
Low
Cooling
Definition
Cooling switching temperature
Heating switching temperature
X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling
Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling
Thermal Off Temperature for Heating
Thermal On Temperature for Heating
Default(˚C)
2
2
0.5
0.5
1
0
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 125 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Dimensions
4. Dimensions
ARNU18GBHA1
ARNU24GBHA1
ARNU28GBGA1
ARNU36GBGA1
ARNU42GBGA1
ARNU48GBRA1
A
B h i l j k
(G)
H a b c d
(Unit: mm)
Model A B
C D E F (G) H J K a b c d e f h i j k l
18/24k BH
48k BR
932 882
28/36/42k BG 1232 1182
355 47 450 30 87 830 186 298 232 243 232 243 116 160 53 65 83 19 165
1282 1230
355 47 450 30 87 750 158 260 64 243 212 243 106 130 52 65 83 19 165
477 56 590 30 120 1006 294 380 215 279 241 279 185 168 51 98 83 17 172
Top view
(unit: mm)
Inspection hole
(600X600)
Control box
Front view
600 600
H
❈
Suitable dimension "H" is necessary
to get a slope to drain as figure.
Front
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 126 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
5. Piping Diagrams
Heat Exchanger
EEV
Filter
Sirocco Fan
Filter lndoor unit
: Thermistor
Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter
MODEL
ARNU18GBHA1
ARNU24GBHA1
ARNU28GBGA1
ARNU36GBGA1
ARNU42GBGA1
ARNU48GBRA1
:Cooling
:Heating
GAS
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø15.88(5/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
[unit: mm(inch)]
LIQUID
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 127 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wiring Diagrams
6. Wiring Diagrams
BH Chassis
Accessory
CONNECTOR NUMBER
CN-POWER
CN-MOTOR2
CN-D/PUMP
CN-COMM
CN-EEV
CN-FLOAT
CN-PIPE
CN-PIPE/O
CN-ROOM
CN-REMO
LOCATION POINT
AC POWER SUPPLY
FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT
COMMUNICATION
EEV OUTPUT
FLOAT SWITCH INPUT
PIPE SENSOR
DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR
ROOM SENSOR
REMOTE CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP
CONNECTION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
EEV CONTROL OUTPUT
FLOAT SWITCH SENSING
PIPE THERMISTOR
DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
ROOM THERMISTOR
REMOTE CONTROL LINE
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 128 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wiring Diagrams
BG/BR Chassis
Accessory
CONNECTOR NUMBER
CN-POWER
CN-MOTOR2
CN-D/PUMP
CN-COMM
CN-EEV
CN-FLOAT
CN-PIPE
CN-PIPE/O
CN-ROOM
CN-REMO
CN-INFANSUB
LOCATION POINT
AC POWER SUPPLY
FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT
COMMUNICATION
EEV OUTPUT
FLOAT SWITCH INPUT
PIPE SENSOR
DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR
ROOM SENSOR
REMOTE CONTROLLER
STARTING SIGNAL CONTROL
FUNCTION
AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP
CONNECTION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
EEV CONTROL OUTPUT
FLOAT SWITCH SENSING
PIPE THERMISTOR
DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
ROOM THERMISTOR
REMOTE CONTROL LINE
STARTING SIGNAL CONTROL
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 129 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 130 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wall Mountedd Type
1. Specifications ...........................................................................132
2. Functions ..................................................................................134
3. Operation Details......................................................................135
4. Dimensions ...............................................................................142
5. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................143
6. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................144
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 131 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
1. Specifications
* Model Name
A:Basic L:Plasma
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body
Coil
Fan
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type m 2
Motor Output x Number
Running Current
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
W
A
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h mm inch
Motor type
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Net Weight
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable
Color mm mm
2
2
ARNU07GSE*1
2,200
1,900
7,500
2,500
2,200
8,500
895x165x282
35.2x6.5x11.1
Wall Mounted
ARNU09GSE*1
2,800
2,400
9,600
3,200
2,800
10,900
895x165x282
35.2x6.5x11.1
ARNU12GSE*1
3,600
3,100
12,300
4,000
3,400
13,600
895x165x282
35.2x6.5x11.1
2x15x20 2x15x20 2x15x20
0.32 0.32 0.32
Cross Flow Fan
40
0.2
Cross Flow Fan
40
0.2
Cross Flow Fan
40
0.2
5.6/5/4.6
198/177/162.5
Direct
BLDC
7/ 6.5 /6
247/230/212
Direct
BLDC
9.5/ 9/8.5
336/318/300
Direct
BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
16
9(19.8)
37/33/23
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
16
9(19.8)
39/35/25
1, 220 ~240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
16
9(19.8)
41/36/27
1, 220 ~240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 132 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body
Coil
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type
Motor Output x Number
Running Current m
W
A
2
Fan Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
Motor type
Temperature Control
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h mm inch
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side mm(inch) mm(inch)
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)
Net Weight
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable
Color mm mm
2
2
* Model Name
A:Basic L:Plasma
Wall Mounted
ARNU18GS5*1
5,600
4,800
19,100
6,300
5,400
21,500
1090x178x300
ARNU24GS5*1
7,100
6,100
24,200
8,000
6,900
27,300
1090x178x300
42.9x7x11.8
2x15x20
42.9x7x11.8
2x15x20
0.23 0.23
Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan
40 40
0.2 0.2
12/10.5/9 14/13/11
424/371/318
Direct
BLDC
494/459/388
Direct
BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø12.7(1/2)
16
12(26.5)
44/40/36
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
Ø15.88(5/8)
16
12(26.5)
46/41/38
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 133 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2. Functions
Indoor Unit
Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller
Sensing the Room Temperature
• Room temperature sensor. (THERMISTOR)
Room temperature control
• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting temperature
Starting Current Control
• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 sec at the starting.
Indoor Fan Speed Control
• High, Med, Low, CHAOS
Operation indication Lamps (LED)
Signal Receptor
Receives the signals from the remote control.(Signal receiving sound: two short beeps or one long beep.)
Operation Indication Lamps
On/Off : Lights up during the system operation.
Sleep Mode
Timer
Defrost Mode
Temperature
: Lights up during Sleep Mode Auto operation.
: Lights up during Timer operation.
: Lights up during Defrost Mode or Hot Start operation.
: Indicate the setting temperature.
Soft Dry Operation Mode
• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.
Sleep Mode Auto Control
• The fan is switched to low(Cooling), med(Heating) speed.
• The unit will be stopped after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 hours.
Natural Air Control by CHAOS Logic
• The fan is switched to intermittent or irregular operation
• The fan speed is automatically switched from high to low speed.
Airflow Direction Control
• The louver can be set at the desired position or swing up and down automatically.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 134 -
Defrost(Deice) control (Heating)
• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.
Hot-start Control (Heating)
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator pipe temperature will be reached at 28°C.
Auto Change Over
• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
3. Operation Details
The functions of main control
DISPLAY
(1) High quality LCD remote controller supplied
Operation Indicator
• On while in appliance operation, off while in appliance pause
Timer(on/off) and Sleep timer Indicator
• On while in timer mode (on/off) and in sleep timer mode, off when timer mode is completed or canceled
Defrost Indicator
• Off except when hot start during heating mode operation or while in defrost control.
Plasma Indicator
• On while in plasma mode, off while plasma mode is canceled.
Auto restart
• In case the power comes on again after a power failure, Auto Restarting Operation is the function to operate procedures automatically to the previous operating conditions.
If your want to use this operation, press the Auto Restart Button.
Power(Forced Operation)
• Operation starts, when this button is pressed and stops when you press the button again.
■
Cooling Mode Operation
• When the intake air temperature reaches 0.5°C below the setting temp, the compressor and the outdoor fan stop.
• When it reaches 0.5°C above the setting temp, they start to operate again.
Compressor ON Temp=> Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp-0.5°C
• While in compressor running, operating with the airflow speed set by the remote controller. While in compressor not running, operating with the low airflow speed regardless of the setting.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 135 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Healthy Dehumidification Mode
• When the dehumidification operation input by the remote controller is received, the intake air temperature is detected and the setting temp is automatically set according to the intake air temperature.
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp < 26°C => Intake Air Temp-1°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp < 24°C => Intake Air Temp-0.5°C
Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C
• While in compressor off, the indoor fan repeats low airflow speed and pause.
• While the intake air temp is between compressor on temp. and compressor off temp., 10-min dehumidification operation and 4-min compressor off repeat
Compressor ON Temp. => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp. => Setting Temp-0.5°C
• In 10-min dehumidification operation, the indoor fan operates with the low airflow speed.
■
Heating Mode Operation
• When the intake air temp reaches +3°Cabove the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Thermo ON Temp. => Setting Temp. +2°C
Thermo OFF Temp. => Setting Temp. +4°C
• While in compressor on, when above 38°C , it operates with or setting airflow speed (while in sleep mode, with the medium airflow speed).
• While in compressor off, the indoor fan is off when the indoor pipe temp is below 33°C , when above 35°C , it operates with the low airflow speed.
• While in defrost control, both of the indoor and outdoor fans are turned off.
■
Defrost Control
• While in heating mode operation in order to protect outdoor unit from freezing, reversed to cooling cycle to defrost the outdoor unit.
■
Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)
• According to the temperature set by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 136 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C
22°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp
Intake Air Temp<18°C => 18°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature
■
Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)
• When any of operation mode is not selected like the moment of the power on or when 3 hrs has passed since the operation off, the operation mode is selected.
• When determining the operation mode, the compressor, the outdoor fan, and the 4 way valve are off and only the indoor fan is operated for 15 seconds. Then an operation mode is selected according to the intake air temp at that moment as follows.
24°C
≤
Inatake Air Temp => Fuzzy Operation for Cooling
21°C
≤
Inatake Air Temp<24°C => Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification
Inatake Air Temp<21°C => Fuzzy Operation for Heating
• If any of the operation modes among cooling / dehumidification / heating mode operations is carried out for 10 sec or longer before Fuzzy operation, the mode before Fuzzy operation is operated.
1) Fuzzy Operation for Cooling
• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C
22°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp
Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature.
2) Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification
• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 137 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
26°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => 25°C
24°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C
22°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C
18°C
≤
Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp
Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan repeats the low airflow speed or pause as in dehumidification operation.
3) Fuzzy Operation for Heating
• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 3°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.
Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp. +2°C
Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp. +4°C
• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.
20°C
≤
Intake Air Temp => Intake Air Temp + 0.5°C
Intake Air Temp < 20°C => 20°C
• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the
Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.
• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the high or the medium according to the intake air temperature and the setting temperature.
■
Airflow Speed Selection
• The airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to high, medium, low, or chaos by the input of the airflow speed selection key on the remote controller.
■
On-Timer Operation
• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance starts to operate.
• The timer LED is on when the on-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.
• If the appliance is operating at the time set by the timer, the operation continues.
■
Off-Timer Operation
• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance stops operating.
• The timer LED is on when the off-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.
• If the appliance is on pause at the time set by the timer, the pause continues.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 138 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Off-Timer <=> On-Timer Operation
• When the set time is reached after the on/off time is input by the remote controller, the on/off-timer operation is carried out according to the set time.
■
Sleep Timer Operation
• When the sleep time is reached after <1,2,3,4,5,6,7,0(cancel) hr> is input by the remote controller while in appliance operation, the operation of the appliance stops.
• While the appliance is on pause, the sleep timer mode cannot be input.
• While in cooling mode operation, 30 min later since the start of the sleep timer, the setting temperature increases by 1°C After another 30 min elapse, it increases by 1°C again.
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in cooling cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the low.
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in heating cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the medium.
■
Chaos Swing Mode
• By the Chaos Swing key input, the vane automatically operates with the Chaos Swing or they are fixed to the desired direction.
■
Chaos Natural Wind Mode
• When the Chaos Natural Wind mode is selected and then operated, the high, medium, or low speed of the airflow mode is operated for 2~15 sec randomly by the Chaos Simulation.”
■
Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)
• If the Jet Cool key is input at any operation mode while in appliance operation, the Jet Cool mode operates.
• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.
• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.
• During the JET COOL function at any moment, the A/C starts to blow the cool air with side louvers closed at extremely high speed for 30 minutes setting the room temp. automatically to 18°C.
■
Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)
• While in heating mode or Fuzzy operation, the Jet Cool key cannot be input. When it is input while in the other mode operation (cooling, dehumidification, ventilation), the Jet Cool mode is operated.”
• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.
• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C
• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.
• During the JET HEAT function at any moment, the A/C starts to blow the hot air with side louvers closed at extremely high speed for 60 minutes setting the room temp. automatically to 30°C.
■
Auto Restarting Operation
• When the power is restored after a sudden power failure while in appliance operation, the mode before the power failure is kept on the memory and the appliance automatically operates in the mode on the memory.
• Operation Mode that is kept on the memory
- State of Operation ON/OFF
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 139 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
- Operation Mode/Setting Temp/Selected Airflow Speed
- Sleep Timer Mode/Remaining Time of Sleep Timer (unit of hour)
■
Forced Operation
• Operation procedures when the remote control can't be used.
• The operation will be started if the power button is pressed.
• If you want to stop operation, re-press the button.
Operating mode
Indoor Fan Speed
Setting Temperature
Cooling Model
Cooling
High
22°C
Heat pump Model
Room Temp.
≥
24°C 21°C
≤
Room Temp. < 24°C Room Temp. < 21°C
Cooling Healthy Dehumidification Heating
High
22°C
High
23°C
High
24°C
• While in forced operation, the key input by the remote control has no effect and the buzzer sounds 10 times to indicate the forced operation.
■
Test operation
•
During the TEST OPERATION, the unit operates in cooling mode at high speed fan, regardless of room temperature and resets in 18±1 minutes.
•
During test operation, if remote controller signal is received, the unit operates as remote controller sets.
If you want to use this operation, Press and hold ON/OFF button 3~5 seconds, then the buzzer sound 1 "beep".
•
If you want to stop the operation, re-press the button.
■
Protection of the evaporator pipe from frosting
• If the indoor pipe temp is below 0°C in 7 min. after the compressor operates without any pause while in cooling cycle operation mode, the compressor and the outdoor fan are turned off in order to protect the indoor evaporator pipe from frosting.
• When the indoor pipe temp is 7°C or higher after 3 min. pause of the compressor, the compressor and the outdoor fan is turned on according to the condition of the room temperature.
■
Buzzer Sounding Operation
• When the appliance-operation key is input by the remote control, the short "beep-beep-" sounds.
• When the appliance-pause key is input by the remote control, the long "beep—" sounds.
• When a key is input by the remote control while the slide switch on the main unit of the appliance is on the forced operation position, the error sound "beep-beep-beep-beep-beep-" is made 10 times to indicate that the remote control signal cannot be received.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 140 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Air Cleaner Operation
• When an air cleaner function is selected during Air Conditioner operation
- Plasma air cleaner function will be operated while in any operation mode with selecting the function.
- The function is to be stopped while it is operating with selecting the function.
• When an air cleaner function is selected during operation off
- The function will be only operated.
• When inlet grille of air conditioner is opened during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) is to be stopped. When inlet grille of air conditioner is closed during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) will be operated again.
■
Auto Change Over
• In response to user's wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.
• The Operation diagram is as following.
Room
Temperature
+F
°
C
+
°
C
+X
°
C
Setting Temperature
ß
-Y
°
C
-1
°
C
-G
°
C
Thermal
Indoor fan
Cycle
O
X
O
X
Setting
Fan
Speed
Low
Setting
Fan
Speed
Low
Cooling Operation
X
Off
O
X
O
X
Setting
Fan
Speed
H/Start
Setting
Fan
Speed
Heating operation
H/Start
O
X
Setting
Fan
Speed
Low
Cooling
• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition
Switching condition
Tai
≤
Ts - G(2)˚C
Tai
≥
Ts + F(2)˚C
* Tai : Indoor Temperature
* Ts : Setting Temperature
Operation mode switching
Cooling Heating
Heating Cooling
F
G
Definition
Cooling switching temperature
Heating switching temperature
X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling
Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling
Thermal Off Temperature for Heating
Thermal On Temperature for Heating
Default(˚C)
2
2
0.5
0.5
1
0
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 141 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Dimensions
4. Dimensions
ARNU07GSE*1
ARNU09GSE*1
ARNU12GSE*1
ARNU18GS5*1
ARNU24GS5*1
H
W
1090
D
178
51
Model
Dimension
W
H
D mm mm mm
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
SE(7, 9, 12K)
895
282
165
- 142 -
Installation plate
(unit:mm)
S5(18, 24K)
1090
300
178
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
5. Piping Diagrams
Heat Exchanger
EEV
Filter
C.F.F
Filter lndoor unit
: Thermistor
Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter
MODEL
ARNU07GSE*1
ARNU09GSE*1
ARNU12GSE*1
ARNU18GS5*1
ARNU24GS5*1
:Cooling
:Heating
GAS
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø15.88(5/8)
[unit: mm(inch)]
LIQUID
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 143 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wiring Diagrams
6. Wiring Diagrams
SE
S5
Accessory
Accessory
CONNECTOR NUMBER
CN-POWER
CN-MOTOR
CN-COM
CN-DISP1
CN-DISP2
CN-EEV
CN-U/D
CN-TH1
LOCATION POINT
AC POWER SUPPLY
FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
COMMUNICATION
DISPLAY
DISPLAY
EEV OUTPUT
STEP MOTOR
ROOM/PIPE SENSOR
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
FUNCTION
AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
CONNECTION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS
DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS
EEV CONTROL OUTPUT
STEP MOTOR OUTPUT
ROOM AND PIPE THERMISTOR
- 144 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Convertible Type
1. Specifications ...........................................................................146
2. Functions ..................................................................................148
3. Operation Details......................................................................149
4. Dimensions ...............................................................................152
5. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................154
6. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................155
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 145 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
1. Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body
Coil
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type m 2
Fan
Motor Output x Number
Running Current
W
A
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
Motor type
Temperature Control
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h mm inch
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Safety Device
Liquid Side mm(inch)
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm
Net Weight kg(lbs)
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable
Color mm mm
2
2
Ceiling & Floor
ARNU09GVEA1
2,800
2,400
9,600
3,200
2,800
10,900
ARNU12GVEA1
3,600
3,100
12,300
4,000
3,400
13,600
900x200x490
35.4x7.9x19.3
900x200x490
35.4x7.9x19.3
2x12x20 2x12x20
0.10 0.10
Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan
30
0.13
7.6/6.9/6.2
268/244/219
Direct
30
0.13
9.2/7.6/6.9
325/269/244
Direct
BLDC BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Foamed polystrene
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
16
12(26.5)
36/32/28
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
Ø12.7(1/2)
16
12(26.5)
38/36/30
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 146 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Casing
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body
Coil
Fan mm inch
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type
Motor Output x Number m 2
W
Running Current A
Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
Motor type
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side mm(inch) mm(inch)
Net Weight
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm kg(lbs)
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable
Color mm mm
2
2
Ceiling Suspended
ARNU18GVJA1
5,600
4,800
19,100
6,300
5,400
ARNU24GVJA1
7,100
6,100
24,200
8,000
6,900
21,500
Galvanized Steel Plate+Painting
950x220x650
37.4x8.7x25.6
3x14x19
27,300
Galvanized Steel Plate+Painting
950x220x650
37.4x8.7x25.6
3x14x19
0.23 0.23
Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan
63.0 63.0
0.31 0.31
16/ 14 /12 18/16/14
565/495/424
Direct
636/566/495
Direct
BLDC BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
16
15(33.1)
Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
16
15(33.1)
42/40/37
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
43/41/39
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Morning fog
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 147 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2. Functions
Indoor Unit
Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller
Sensing the Room Temperature
• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)
Room temperature control
• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.
Starting Current Control
• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.
Indoor Fan Speed Control
• High, Med, Low
Soft Dry Operation Mode
• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.
Auto Restart
• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.
Deice (defrost) control (Heating)
Hot-start Control (Heating)
• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.
• Hot start after defrost ends.
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature reaches 25°C.
High head height Drain pump
• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.
Central Control(Optional)
• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.
Auto Change Over
• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 148 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
3. Operation Details
The functions of main control
■
Soft-Dry Operation
• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.
■
Cooling Mode Operation
• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following.
Intake Air Temperature
SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C
(Thermo. ON)
SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C
(Thermo. OFF) More than
3 minutes
More than
3 minutes
Thermal fan speed
ON OFF fan speed
ON OFF
Selecting fan speed
ON
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 149 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Heating Mode Operation
The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.
Indoor unit
Heat-Exchanger temperature
40
°
C
T
ST
T
LT
T
Off
T
On
A
Intake Air Temperature
Setting Temperature
+3
°
C
(Thermal OFF)
Setting Temperature
(Thermal ON)
3min
B
Low fan during 10sec
1min
Minimum
3min
1min
Thermal
Outdoor fan
Indoor fan
4way valve
Off Low Low
ON
ON
Setting fan spped
Low
Setting fan spped
ON
Low
OFF
OFF
Off
C
Off
ON
ON
Low
Setting fan spped
• Compressor-off interval
A
°
C, fan operates
at low speed, when it becomes lower than 40
°
C fan stops.
Chassis
Hotstart On
Hotstart Off
T
On
T
Off
Low temperature T
LT
Setting Temperature T
ST
High Static Low Static
BH BG BR B1 B2 CE CF
19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C
22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C
25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C
27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C
Convertible
VE
26°C
27°C
28°C
30°C
VJ
26°C
27°C
28°C
30°C
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 150 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Hot-Start Control
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the indoor unit Hex-Exchanger temperature reaches 30°C.
• The operation diagram is as following.
Indoor unit
Heat-Exchanger temperature
Hotstart Off
Hotstart On
1 min 1 min
Thermal
Outdoor fan
Indoor fan
4way Valve
Off Low
ON
ON
Setting fan speed
ON
Off Low
Setting fan speed
• Initial Hotstart On state
➀
Power Off
➠
On
➁
Operation Off
➠
On
➂
Cooling operation
➠
Heating operation
➃
Defrost operation
■
Auto Change Over
• In response to user wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.
• The Operation diagram is as following.
Room
Temperature
+F
°
C
+
°
C
+X
°
C
Setting Temperature
ß
-Y
°
C
-1
°
C
-G
°
C
Thermal
O X O X X
Indoor fan
Setting fan speed
Low
Setting fan speed
Low
Cycle Cooling Operation
• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition
Off
O X O X
Setting fan speed
H/Start
Setting fan speed
Heating operation
H/Start
O X
Setting fan speed
Low
Cooling
Switching condition
Tai
≤
Ts - G(2)˚C
Tai
≥
Ts + F(2)˚C
* Tai : Indoor Temperature
* Ts : Setting Temperature
Operation mode switching
Cooling Heating
Heating Cooling
F
G
Definition
Cooling switching temperature
Heating switching temperature
X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling
Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling
Thermal Off Temperature for Heating
Thermal On Temperature for Heating
Default(˚C)
2
2
0.5
0.5
1
0
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 151 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Dimensions
4. Dimensions
ARNU09GVEA1
ARNU12GVEA1
879
900
Air discharge grill
Signal receiver & Operation indicator
200
(Unit: mm)
More than 20Cm
Air suction grill
<Ceiling Installation>
More than 20Cm
<Floor Installation>
More than 20Cm
More than 5Cm
Ceiling
Anchor nut
Nut
Suspension bolts
Washer
40
820
Suspension bolt
235
50
100 piping hole
(Ø45)
Drain piping hole (Ø25)
More than 5Cm
70
Installation plate
Suspension bolts
Spring washer
Hangen
Max.
12mm
Nut
Washer
Ø70mm
Left rear piping
120 more than 200
Foor
More than 20Cm
70
Ø70mm
Right rear piping
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 152 -
LGE Internal Use Only
ARNU18GVJA1
ARNU24GVJA1
800
950
41
220
Dimensions
Anchor nut
Ceiling
Nut
Suspension bolts
Washer
A
B
Suspension bolt
More than
70cm
More than
30cm
Suspension bolts
Spring washer
Hangen
Max.
12mm
Nut
Washer
MODEL
VJ
DIM.
A
855
B
320
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 153 -
More than
70cm
Air Discharge
Right Side
Cover
Air Filter
Inlet Grill
Signal Receptor
Left Side
Cover
Drain hose
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
5. Piping Diagrams
VE
Heat Exchanger
EEV
Filter
C.F.F.
Filter lndoor unit
VJ
: Thermistor
Heat Exchanger
EEV
Filter
Sirocco Fan
Filter lndoor unit
: Thermistor
Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter
MODEL
ARNU09GVEA1
ARNU12GVEA1
ARNU18GVJA1
ARNU24GVJA1
GAS
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø15.88(5/8)
:Cooling
:Heating
:Cooling
:Heating
[unit: mm(inch)]
LIQUID
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 154 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wiring Diagrams
6. Wiring Diagrams
VE
Accessory
VJ
Accessory
CONNECTOR
NUMBER
SPEC.
CN-MOTOR1 FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
CN-MOTOR2 FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
CN-PIPE/O DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
CN-PIPE PIPE SENSOR
CN-ROOM ROOM SENSOR
CN-REMO REMOTE CONTROLLER
CN-FLOAT FLOAT SWITCH INPUT
CN-EEV EEV OUTPUT
CN-D/PUMP DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT
CN-OPTION OPTION PWB.
CN-COM COMMUNICATION
CN-D/PUMP DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT
CN-POWER AC POWER SUPPLY
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
DESCRIPTION
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
PIPE THERMISTOR
ROOM THERMISTOR
REMOTE CONTROL LINE
FLOAT SWITCH SENSING
EEV CONTROL OUTPUT
AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN MAIN AND OPTION
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP
AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER
- 155 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 156 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Floor Standing Type
1. Specifications ...........................................................................158
2. Functions ..................................................................................160
3. Operation Details......................................................................161
4. Dimensions ...............................................................................164
5. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................165
6. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................166
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 157 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
1. Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Casing
Type
Model
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h mm inch
Coil
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type
Motor Output x Number
Running Current m
W
A
2
Fan Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
Motor type
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Net Weight
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable mm mm
2
2
Floor Standing
ARNU07GCEA1 ARNU09GCEA1 ARNU12GCEA1 ARNU07GCEU1 ARNU09GCEU1 ARNU12GCEU1
2,200 2,800 3,600 2,200 2,800 3,600
1,900 2,400 3,100 1,900 2,400 3,100
7,500
2,500
2,200
8,500
9,600
3,200
2,800
10,900
12,300
4,000
3,400
13,600
7,500
2,500
2,200
8,500
9,600
3,200
2,800
10,900
12,300
4,000
3,400
13,600
Galvanized Galvanized Galvanized Galvanized Galvanized Galvanized
Steel Plate Steel Plate Steel Plate Steel Plate Steel Plate Steel Plate
1067x203x635 1067x203x635 1067x203x635 978x190x625 978x190x625 978x190x625
42.2x8.0x25.0 42.2x8.0x25.0 42.2x8.0x25.0
38.5x7.5x24.6 38.5x7.5x24.6 38.5x7.5x24.6
2x12x19 2x12x19 2x12x19 2x12x19 2x12x19 2x12x19
0.16
0.16
0.16
0.16
0.16
0.16
Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan
30 30 30 30 30 30
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
8.5/7.5/6.5 9.5/8.5/7.5 10.5/9.5/8.5 8.5/7.5/6.5 9.5/8.5/7.5 10.5/9.5/8.5
300/265/229 335/300/265 371/335/300 300/265/229 335/300/265 371/335/300
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Microprocessor, Microprocessor, Microprocessor, Microprocessor, Microprocessor, Microprocessor,
Thermostat for Thermostat for Thermostat for Thermostat for Thermostat for Thermostat for cooling and heating cooling and heating cooling and heating cooling and heating cooling and heating cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable) Net(Washable) Net(Washable) Net(Washable) Net(Washable) Net(Washable)
Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4) Ø6.35(1/4) Ø6.35(1/4) Ø6.35(1/4) Ø6.35(1/4) Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2) Ø12.7(1/2) Ø12.7(1/2) Ø12.7(1/2) Ø12.7(1/2) Ø12.7(1/2)
12
27(59.5)
12
27(59.5)
12
27(59.5)
12
19(41.9)
12
19(41.9)
12
19(41.9)
35/33/31 36/34/32 37/35/33 35/33/31 36/34/32 37/35/33
1, 220 ~ 240, 50 1, 220 ~ 240, 50 1, 220 ~ 240, 50 1, 220 ~ 240, 50 1, 220 ~ 240, 50 1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60 1, 220, 60 1, 220, 60 1, 220, 60 1, 220, 60 1, 220, 60
EEV EEV EEV EEV EEV EEV
CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
- 158 -
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Type
Model
Casing
Dimensions (W*D*H) Body mm inch
Coil
Rows x Columns x FPI
Face Area
Type
Motor Output x Number
Running Current m
W
A
2
Fan Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm
Drive
Motor type
Temperature Control
Unit
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Safety Device
Liquid Side
Pipe Connections Gas Side
Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)
Net Weight
Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3
Power Supply Ø / V / Hz
Refrigerant Control
Power cable
Transmission cable mm mm
2
2
Floor Standing
ARNU18GCFA1 ARNU24GCFA1 ARNU18GCFA1 ARNU24GCFA1
5,600 7,100 5,600 7,100
4,800
19,100
6,300
5,400
21,500
6,100
24,200
8,000
6,900
27,300
4,800
19,100
6,300
5,400
21,500
6,100
24,200
8,000
6,900
27,300
Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate
1345x203x635 1345x203x635 1256x190x625 1256x190x625
52.9x8.0x25.0
2x12x19
0.23
52.9x8.0x25.0
2x12x19
0.23
49.4x7.5x24.6
2x12x19
0.23
49.4x7.5x24.6
2x12x19
0.23
Sirocco Fan
80
0.25
16/14/12
565/494/424
Sirocco Fan
80
0.25
18/16/14
635/565/494
Sirocco Fan
80
0.25
16/14/12
565/494/424
Sirocco Fan
80
0.25
18/16/14
635/565/494
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Direct
BLDC
Microprocessor, Thermostat Microprocessor, Thermostat Microprocessor, Thermostat Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating for cooling and heating for cooling and heating for cooling and heating
Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
12
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
12
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø12.7(1/2)
12
Net(Washable)
Fuse
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø15.88(5/8)
12
34(75.0)
40/37/34
34(75.0)
43/40/37
1, 220 ~ 240, 50 1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60 1, 220, 60
EEV EEV
27(59.5)
40/37/34
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
27(59.5)
43/40/37
1, 220 ~ 240, 50
1, 220, 60
EEV
CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C
CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C
Notes:-
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
• Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
5. To be added for more available Models
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 159 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2. Functions
Indoor Unit
Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller
Sensing the Room Temperature
• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)
Room temperature control
• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.
Starting Current Control
• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.
Indoor Fan Speed Control
• High, Med, Low
Soft Dry Operation Mode
• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.
Auto Restart
• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.
Deice (defrost) control (Heating)
Hot-start Control (Heating)
• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.
• Hot start after defrost ends.
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature reaches 25°C.
High head height Drain pump
• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.
Central Control(Optional)
• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.
Auto Change Over
• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 160 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
3. Operation Details
The functions of main control
■
Soft-Dry Operation
• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.
■
Cooling Mode Operation
• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following.
Intake Air Temperature
SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C
(Thermo. ON)
SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C
(Thermo. OFF)
Thermal fan speed
ON
More than
3 minutes
OFF
More than
3 minutes fan speed
ON OFF
Selecting fan speed
ON
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 161 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Heating Mode Operation
The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.
Indoor unit
Heat-Exchanger temperature
40
°
C
T
ST
T
LT
T
Off
T
On
A
Intake Air Temperature
Setting Temperature
+3
°
C
(Thermal OFF)
Setting Temperature
(Thermal ON)
3min
B Low fan during 10sec
1min
Minimum
3min
1min
Thermal
Outdoor fan
Indoor fan
4way valve
Off Low Low
ON
ON
Setting fan spped
Low
Setting fan spped
ON
Low
OFF
OFF
Off
C
Off
ON
ON
Low
Setting fan spped
• Compressor-off interval
A
°
C, fan operates
at low speed, when it becomes lower than 40
°
C fan stops.
Chassis
Hotstart On
Hotstart Off
T
On
T
Off
Low temperature T
LT
Setting Temperature T
ST
High Static Low Static
BH BG BR B1 B2 CE CF
19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C
22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C
25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C
27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C
Convertible
VE
26°C
27°C
28°C
30°C
VJ
26°C
27°C
28°C
30°C
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 162 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Operation Details
■
Hot-Start Control
• The indoor fan does not rotate until the indoor unit Hex-Exchanger temperature reaches 30°C.
• The operation diagram is as following.
Indoor unit
Heat-Exchanger temperature
Hotstart Off
Hotstart On
1 min 1 min
Thermal
Outdoor fan
Indoor fan
4way Valve
Off Low
ON
ON
Setting fan speed
ON
• Initial Hotstart On state
➀
Power Off
➠
On
➁
Operation Off
➠
On
➂
Cooling operation
➠
Heating operation
➃
Defrost operation
Off Low
Setting fan speed
■
Auto Change Over
• In response to user wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.
• The Operation diagram is as following.
Room
Temperature
+F
°
C
+
°
C
+X
°
C
Setting Temperature
ß
-Y
°
C
-1
°
C
-G
°
C
Thermal
O X O X X O X O X O X
Indoor fan
Cycle Cooling Operation
• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition
Switching condition
Tai
≤
Ts - G(2)˚C
Tai
≥
Ts + F(2)˚C
Operation mode switching
Cooling Heating
Heating Cooling
* Tai : Indoor Temperature
* Ts : Setting Temperature
Setting fan speed
Low
Setting fan speed
Low Off
Setting fan speed
H/Start
Setting fan speed
Heating operation
F
G
H/Start
Setting fan speed
Low
Cooling
Definition
Cooling switching temperature
Heating switching temperature
X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling
Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling
Thermal Off Temperature for Heating
Thermal On Temperature for Heating
Default(˚C)
2
2
0.5
0.5
1
0
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 163 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Dimensions
4. Dimensions
ARNU07GCEA1
ARNU09GCEA1
ARNU12GCEA1
ARNU18GCFA1
ARNU24GCFA1
A
210.3
B
ARNU07GCFU1
ARNU09GCFU1
ARNU12GCFU1
ARNU18GCFU1
ARNU24GCFU1
D
Model
ARNU07GCEA1
ARNU09GCEA1
ARNU12GCEA1
ARNU18GCFA1
ARNU24GCFA1
A B C Model
1,067 203 635 ARNU07GCEU1
1,067 203 635 ARNU09GCEU1
1,067 203 635 ARNU12GCEU1
1,345 203 635 ARNU18GCFU1
1,345 203 635 ARNU24GCFU1
D
978
978
978
1,256
1,256
E
190
190
190
190
190
F
639
639
639
639
639
Air Outlet
Air Filter
Air Inlet
With Case
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 164 -
Without Case
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
5. Piping Diagrams
Heat Exchanger
EEV
Filter
Sirocco Fan
Filter lndoor unit
:Cooling
:Heating
: Thermistor
Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter
MODEL
ARNU07GCE*1
ARNU09GCE*1
ARNU12GCE*1
ARNU18GCF*1
ARNU24GCF*1
GAS
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø15.88(5/8)
[unit: mm(inch)]
LIQUID
Ø6.35(1/4)
Ø9.52(3/8)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 165 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wiring Diagrams
6. Wiring Diagrams
Accessory
CONNECTOR
NUMBER
CN-POWER
CN-MOTOR
CN-D/PUMP
CN-COMM
CN-EEV
CN-FLOAT
CN-PIPE
CN-PIPE/O
CN-ROOM
CN-REMO
LOCATION POINT
AC POWER SUPPLY
FAN MOTOR OUTPUT
DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT
COMMUNICATION
EEV OUTPUT
FLOAT SWITCH INPUT
PIPE SENSOR
DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR
ROOM SENSOR
REMOTE CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER
MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC
AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
EEV CONTROL OUTPUT
FLOAT SWITCH SENSING
PIPE THERMISTOR
DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
ROOM THERMISTOR
REMOTE CONTROL LINE
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 166 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Part 3
Outdoor Units
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 167 -
LGE Internal Use Only
ARUB Series
1. Specifications ...........................................................................169
2. Parts Function/Layout Drawing...............................................174
3. Dimensions ...............................................................................178
4. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................181
5. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................186
6. Functions ..................................................................................190
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 168 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
1. Specifications
Heat Recovery
HP
Model Name Combination Unit
Independent Unit
8
ARUB808T1
ARUB808T1
10
ARUB1008T1
ARUB1008T1
12
ARUB1208T1
ARUB1208T1
14
ARUB1408T1
ARUB1408T1
Capacity Cooling
Input
Casing Color
Heat Exchanger
Compressor
Fan
Net Weight
Heating
Cooling
Heating
Type
Maker
Piston Displacement
Number of Revolution
Motor Output x Number
Starting Method
Oil Type
Oil Charge
Type
Motor Output x Number
Air Flow Rate(High)
Drive
Discharge
Pipe Connctions Liquid Pipes
Low Pressure Gas pipes
High Pressure Gas Pipes
Dimensions (W*H*D)
Power Supply Cable
Transmission Cable
Refrigerant Charge
Type
Control
Power Supply
Side / Top mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm inch kg lbs mm 2 mm
2
Kg(Oz)
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h kW kW cm
2
/rev r.p.m
W
L
W cmm cfm
Ø / V / Hz
22,400 28,000 33,600 39,200
19,300 24,100 28,900 33,700
25,200 31,500 37,800 44,100
21,700 27,100 32,500 37,900
86,000 107,500 129,000 150,500
6.8
6.4
WARM GRAY
8.5
8.1
WARM GRAY
10.6
9.7
WARM GRAY
12.8
11.5
WARM GRAY
Corrugated Fin
Scroll
LG
55.42+82.86
3477, 2900
(4285+5500)x1
Direct on Line
FVC68D(PVE)
Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin
Scroll Scroll Scroll
LG
55.42+82.86
3477, 2900
(4285+5500)x1
Direct on Line
FVC68D(PVE)
LG
55.42+82.86
3477, 2900
(4285+5500)x1
Direct on Line
FVC68D(PVE)
LG
55.42+82.86
3477, 2900
(4285+5500)x1
Direct on Line
FVC68D(PVE)
5.6
Propeller Fan
291x2
190
3177x2
Inverter
5.6
Propeller Fan
291x2
190
3177x2
Inverter
5.6
Propeller Fan
291x2
190
3177x2
Inverter
5.6
Propeller Fan
291x2
190
3177x2
Inverter
Top
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø19.05(6/8)
Top
Ø9.52(3/8)
Ø22.2(7/8)
Top
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø28.58(1 1/8)
Top
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø28.58(1 1/8)
Ø15.88(5/8) Ø19.05(3/4) Ø19.05(3/4) Ø22.2(7/8)
1280*1607*730 1280*1607*730 1280*1607*730 1280*1607*730
50.4*63.3*28.7
50.4*63.3*28.7
50.4*63.3*28.7
50.4*63.3*28.7
300
661.4
CV 8X5C
300
661.4
CV 8X5C
300
661.4
CV 8X5C
300
661.4
CV 8X5C
CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C
8(282.2) 8(282.2) 8(282.2) 8(282.2)
R410a
EEV
R410a
EEV
R410a
EEV
R410a
EEV
3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50
Notes:
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling * Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
* Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
* Level Difference of Zero
Heating * Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
* Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
* Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 169 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
Model Name
HP
Capacity Cooling
Heating
Input Cooling
Heating
Casing Color
Heat Exchanger
Compressor
Fan
Type
Maker
Piston Displacement
Number of Revolution
Motor Output x Number
Starting Method
Oil Type
Oil Charge
Type
Motor Output x Number
Air Flow Rate(High)
Drive
Discharge
Pipe Connctions Liquid Pipes
Low Pressure Gas pipes
High Pressure Gas Pipes
Dimensions (W*H*D)
Net Weight
Power Supply Cable
Transmission Cable
Refrigerant Charge
Type
Control
Power Supply
Combination Unit
Independent Unit
16
ARUB1608T1
ARUB808T1
ARUS808T1
18
ARUB1808T1
ARUB1208T1
ARUS808T1
20
ARUB2008T1
ARUB1008T1
ARUS1008T1
22
ARUB2208T1
ARUB1208T1
ARUS1008T1
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h kW kW cm 2 r.p.m
W
L
/rev
W cmm cfm
Side / Top mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm inch kg lbs mm 2 mm 2
Kg(Oz)
Ø / V / Hz
44,800 50,400 56,000 61,600
38,500 43,300 48,200 53,000
152,900 172,000 191,100 210,200
50,400 56,700 63,000 69,300
43,300 48,800 54,200 59,600
172,000 193,500 225,000 236,500
13.6
12.8
WARM GRAY
15.3
14.5
WARM GRAY
17
16.2
WARM GRAY
19.1
17.8
WARM GRAY
Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin
Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll
LG LG LG LG
(55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86) (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86) (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86) (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)
(3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900) (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900) (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900) (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)
(4285+5500)+(5500+5500) (4285+5500)+(5500+5500) (4285+5500)+(5500+5500) (4285+5500)+(5500+5500)
Direct on Line
FVC68D(PVE)
5.6 + 5.6
Propeller Fan
291x2+271x2
Direct on Line
FVC68D(PVE)
5.6 + 5.6
Propeller Fan
291x2+271x2
Direct on Line
FVC68D(PVE)
5.6 + 5.6
Propeller Fan
291x2+271x2
Direct on Line
FVC68D(PVE)
5.6 + 5.6
Propeller Fan
291x2+271x2
380
3177x4
380
3177x4
380
3177x4
380
3177x4
Inverter+Capacity Run Inverter+Capacity Run Inverter+Capacity Run Inverter+Capacity Run
Top
Ø12.7(1/2)
Ø28.58(1 1/8)
Top
Ø15.88(5/8)
Ø28.58(1 1/8)
Top
Ø15.88(5/8)
Ø28.58(1 1/8)
Top
Ø15.88(5/8)
Ø34.9(1 3/8)
Ø22.2(7/8) Ø22.2(7/8) Ø22.2(7/8) Ø28.58(1 1/8)
(1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x2
(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2
300x2
661.4x2
CV 14X5C
300x2
661.4x2
CV 14X5C
300x2
661.4x2
CV 14X5C
300x2
661.4x2
CV 14X5C
CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C
16(564.4) 16(564.4) 16(564.4) 16(564.4)
R410a R410a R410a R410a
EEV EEV EEV EEV
3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50
Notes:
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling * Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
* Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
* Level Difference of Zero
Heating * Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
* Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
* Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 170 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
Model Name
Capacity Cooling
Input
Net Weight
Power Supply Cable
Transmission Cable
Refrigerant Charge
Type
Control
Power Supply
HP
Heating
Cooling
Heating
Casing Color
Heat Exchanger
Compressor
Fan
Type
Maker
Piston Displacement
Number of Revolution
Motor Output x Number
Starting Method
Oil Type
Oil Charge
Type
Motor Output x Number
Air Flow Rate(High)
Drive
Discharge
Pipe Connctions Liquid Pipes
Low Pressure Gas pipes
High Pressure Gas Pipes
Dimensions (W*H*D)
Combination Unit
Independent Unit cm 2
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h kW kW
L
/rev r.p.m
W
W cmm cfm
Side / Top mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm inch kg lbs mm mm
2
2
Kg(Oz)
Ø / V / Hz
24
ARUB2408T1
26
ARUB2608T1
ARUB1008T1
28
ARUB2808T1
ARUB1008T1
30
ARUB3008T1
ARUB1008T1 ARUB1208T1
ARUS1208T1 ARUS808T1
ARUS808T1
ARUS1008T1
ARUS808T1
ARUS1008T1
ARUS1008T1
67,200 72,800 78,400 84,000
57,800 62,600 67,400 72,200
229,300 248,400 267,500 286,600
75,600 81,900 88,200 94,500
65,000 70,400 75,900 81,300
258,000 279,500 301,000 322,500
21.2
19.4
WARM GRAY
22.1
20.9
WARM GRAY
23.8
22.6
WARM GRAY
25.5
24.3
WARM GRAY
Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin
Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll
LG LG LG LG
(55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86) (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2 (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2 (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2
(3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900) (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2 (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2 (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2
(4285+5500)+(5500+5500) (4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2 (4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2 (4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2
Direct on Line
FVC68D(PVE)
5.6+ 5.6
Direct on Line
FVC68D(PVE)
5.6+ 5.6+5.6
Direct on Line
FVC68D(PVE)
5.6+ 5.6+5.6
Direct on Line
FVC68D(PVE)
5.6+ 5.6+5.6
Propeller Fan
291x2+271x2
380
Propeller Fan
291x2+271x4
570
Propeller Fan
291x2+271x4
570
Propeller Fan
291x2+271x4
570
3177x4 3177x6 3177x6 3177x6
Inverter+Capacity Run Inverter+Capacity Run Inverter+Capacity Run Inverter+Capacity Run
Top
Ø15.88(5/8)
Ø34.9(1 3/8)
Top
Ø19.05(6/8)
Ø34.9(1 3/8)
Top
Ø19.05(6/8)
Ø34.9(1 3/8)
Top
Ø19.05(6/8)
Ø34.9(1 3/8)
Ø28.58(1 1/8) Ø28.58(1 1/8) Ø28.58(1 1/8) Ø28.58(1 1/8)
(1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3
(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3
300x2
661.4x2
CV 14X5C
300x3
661.4x3
CV 38X5C
300x3
661.4x3
CV 38X5C
300x3
661.4x3
CV 38X5C
CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C
16(564.4) 24(846.6) 24(846.6) 24(846.6)
R410a R410a R410a R410a
EEV EEV EEV EEV
3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50
Notes:
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling * Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
* Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
* Level Difference of Zero
Heating * Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
* Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
* Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 171 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
Model Name
HP
Capacity Cooling
Heating
Input Cooling
Heating
Casing Color
Heat Exchanger
Compressor
Fan
Type
Maker
Piston Displacement
Number of Revolution
Motor Output x Number
Starting Method
Oil Type
Oil Charge
Type
Motor Output x Number
Air Flow Rate(High)
Drive
Discharge
Pipe Connctions Liquid Pipes
Low Pressure Gas pipes
High Pressure Gas Pipes
Dimensions (W*H*D)
Net Weight
Power Supply Cable
Transmission Cable
Refrigerant Charge
Type
Control
Power Supply
Combination Unit
Independent Unit kcal/h
Btu/h kcal/h
Btu/h cm
W
W kW kW
2 r.p.m
W
L
/rev
W cmm cfm
Side / Top mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm inch kg lbs mm
2 mm 2
Kg(Oz)
Ø / V / Hz
32
ARUB3208T1
ARUB1208T1
ARUS1008T1
34
ARUB3408T1
ARUB1208T1
ARUS1208T1
36
ARUB3608T1
ARUB1208T1
ARUS1208T1
ARUS1008T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1208T1
89,600 95,200 100,800
77,100 81,900 86,700
305,700 324,800 343,900
100,800 107,100 113,400
86,700 92,100 97,500
343,900 365,400 386,900
27.6
29.7
31.8
25.9
27.5
29.1
WARM GRAY
Corrugated Fin
Scroll
WARM GRAY
Corrugated Fin
Scroll
WARM GRAY
Corrugated Fin
Scroll
LG LG LG
(55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2 (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2 (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2
(3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2 (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2 (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2
(4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2 (4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2 (4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2
Direct on Line Direct on Line Direct on Line
FVC68D(PVE)
5.6 + 5.6 + 5.6
Propeller Fan
291x2+271x4
570
3177x6
FVC68D(PVE)
5.6 + 5.6 + 5.6
Propeller Fan
291x2+271x4
570
3177x6
FVC68D(PVE)
5.6 + 5.6 + 5.6
Propeller Fan
291x2+271x4
570
3177x6
Inverter+Capacity Run Inverter+Capacity Run
Top Top
Ø19.05(6/8) Ø19.05(6/8)
Ø34.9(1 3/8)
Ø28.58(1 1/8)
Ø34.9(1 3/8)
Ø28.58(1 1/8)
(1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3
(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3
300x3
661.4x3
CV 38X5C
CVV-SB 1.25X2C
24(846.6)
R410a
EEV
3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50
(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3
300x3
661.4x3
CV 38X5C
CVV-SB 1.25X2C
24(846.6)
R410a
EEV
3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50
Inverter+Capacity Run
Top
Ø19.05(6/8)
Ø41.3(1 5/8)
Ø28.58(1 1/8)
(1280 * 1607 * 730)x3
(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3
300x3
661.4x3
CV 38X5C
CVV-SB 1.25X2C
24(846.6)
R410a
EEV
3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50
Notes:
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling * Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
* Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
* Level Difference of Zero
Heating * Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
* Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
* Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 172 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
Model Name
Net Weight
Power Supply Cable
Transmission Cable
Refrigerant Charge
Type
Control
Power Supply
HP
Capacity Cooling
Heating
Input Cooling
Heating
Casing Color
Heat Exchanger
Compressor
Fan
Type
Maker
Piston Displacement
Number of Revolution
Motor Output x Number
Starting Method
Oil Type
Oil Charge
Type
Motor Output x Number
Air Flow Rate(High)
Drive
Discharge
Pipe Connctions Liquid Pipes
Low Pressure Gas pipes
High Pressure Gas Pipes
Dimensions (W*H*D)
Combination Unit
Independent Unit cm 2
W kcal/h
Btu/h
W kcal/h
Btu/h kW kW
L
/rev r.p.m
W
W cmm cfm
Side / Top mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm inch kg lbs mm mm
2
2
Kg(Oz)
Ø / V / Hz
38
ARUB3808T1
ARUB1408T1
40
ARUB4008T1
ARUB1408T1
ARUS1208T1
ARUS1208T1
ARUS1408T1
ARUS1208T1
106,400 112,000
91,500 96,300
363,100 382,200
119,700 126,000
102,900 108,400
408,400 429,900
34
30.9
WARM GRAY
36.2
32.7
WARM GRAY
Corrugated Fin
Scroll
LG
(55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2
(3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2
(4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2
Direct on Line
FVC68D(PVE)
5.6+ 5.6+5.6
Propeller Fan
291x2+271x4
570
Corrugated Fin
Scroll
LG
(55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2
(3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2
(4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2
Direct on Line
FVC68D(PVE)
5.6+ 5.6+5.6
Propeller Fan
291x2+271x4
570
3177x6
Inverter+Capacity Run
Top
Ø19.05(6/8)
Ø41.3(1 5/8)
Ø34.9(1 3/8)
(1280 * 1607 * 730)x3
(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3
300x3
661.4x3
CV 38X5C
CVV-SB 1.25X2C
24(846.6)
R410a
EEV
3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50
3177x6
Inverter+Capacity Run
Top
Ø19.05(6/8)
Ø41.3(1 5/8)
Ø34.9(1 3/8)
(1280 * 1607 * 730)x3
(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3
300x3
661.4x3
CV 38X5C
CVV-SB 1.25X2C
24(846.6)
R410a
EEV
3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50
Notes:
1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling * Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB
* Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB
* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
* Level Difference of Zero
Heating * Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB
* Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB
* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m
* Level Difference of Zero
2. Capacities are net capacities
3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification
4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 173 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Parts Function/Layout Drawing
2. Parts Function/Layout Drawing
8HP/10HP/12HP/14HP Parts Function
Parts Name
Inverter compressor
Constant velocity compressor
Inverter fan motor
Outdoor EEV
Sub-cooling Lev
Liquid injection
Valve(Inv.)
Liquid injection
Valve(Con.)
Hot gas bypass valve
Square Junction valve
Outdoor check valve
Discharge check valve
Inverter high pressure S/W
Constant velocity high pressure S/W
High pressure sensor
Low pressure sensor
Heat exchanger temperature sensor
Inverter discharger temperature sensor
Constant velocity discharger temperature sensor
Air temperature sensor
Suction temperature sensor
Liquid tube temperature sensor
Excessive cold outlet temperature sensor
Excessive cold inlet temperature sensor
Check solenoid Valve
4 WAY
OCHK
DCHK
HSINV
HSCON
HPS
LPS
THEX
TINV
TCON
TAIR
TSUC
TLIQ
TSOUT
TSIN
CSOL
Symbol
INV.
CON.
IMT
OEEV
SEEV
LINV
LCON
HGV
Major Function
Operated up to 30Hz~100Hz by inverter operation. Pressurize high temperature, low pressure refrigerant to high temperature, high pressure.
Operated cold/heat load with assembly with inverter compressor.
Adjust outdoor wind quantity while varying the outdoor fan by 0~60Hz.
Adjust flow quantity depending on overheat level of refrigerant in the outdoor side in heat status.
Adjust flow quantity depending on overheat level of the outlet of the excessive cold heat exchanger in cold status.
Prevent overheat of the compressor by supplying liquid refrigerant after opening the valve when discharge temperature of the compressor rises.
Stabilize the system by high pressure gas to the low pressure part after opening when bypass and low pressure of refrigerant rapidly the valve
Cut-off the outdoor heat exchanger with the evaporator or condenser depending on operation of the indoor unit.
Used to obtain flow quantity of refrigerant in cold condition.
Prevent reverse flow of high pressure refrigerant into the compressor.
Mechanically stop the compressor where the compressor rises to the high pressure limit valve due to abnormal operation.
Measure high pressure of the system.
Measure low pressure of the system.
.
Used for control by measuring temperature of the outdoor heat exchanger.
Used for protecting and controlling the compressor by measuring discharge temperature.
Measure outdoor temperature.
Used for controlling excessive heat level by measuring refrigerant temperature of the suction pipe.
Used for controlling excessive cold level by measuring refrigerant temperature of the liquid pipe.
Used for controlling excessive heat level by measuring outlet temperature of the excessive cold circuit.
Used for controlling excessive heat level by measuring outlet temperature of the excessive cold circuit.
Used for controlling flow quantity
Of refrigerant in simultaneous operation mode
(Cooling oriented operation)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 174 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Parts Function/Layout Drawing
8HP/10HP/12HP/14HP Parts Layout Drawing (sensor, etc)
Inverter
Motor
(OMT)
Heat Exchanger
Temperature Sensor
(THEX)
Inverter
Compressor
Discharge
Temperature
Sensor(TINV)
Hot Gas
Bypass valve(HGV)
High Pressure
Sensor(HPS)
Low Pressure
Sensor(LPS)
Discharge Check
Valve(DCHK)
Outdoor air thermistor(TAIR)
Thermistor
(Constant speed compressor discharge pipe)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 175 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Parts Function/Layout Drawing
8HP/10HP/12HP/14HP Parts Layout Drawing (sensor, etc)
Constant High
Pressure
Switch(HSCON)
Liquid Injection
Valve (LCON)
Constant Velocity
Compressor(CON)
Square Junction
Valve
(4WAY)
Liquid Injection
Valve
(LINV)
Inverter High
Pressure
Switch(HSINV)
Check
Solenoid
Valve(CSOL)
Inverter
Compressor
(INV)
Outdoor
EEV
(OEEV)
Liquid Tube
Temperature
Sensor(TLIQ)
Excessive Cold
Outlet
Temperature
Sensor(TSOUT)
Excessive Cold Inlet
Temperature
Sensor(TSIN)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 176 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Parts Function/Layout Drawing
8HP/10HP/12HP/14HP Parts Layout Drawing (Tool Part)
Inverter
Motor
Shroud
Outdoor
Fan
Motor
Mount
Accumula tor
Oil
Separator
Excessive
Cold
Heat
Exchanger
Base Pan
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
Strainer
- 177 -
High
Pressure
Gas Tube
Service Valve
Service
Valve
Mount
Liquid
Tube
Service
Valve
Low Pressure
Gas Tube
Service Valve
LGE Internal Use Only
Dimensions
3.
Dimensions
1 Outdoor Unit (8, 10, 12, 14HP)
L4
W
L7
L5
L6
L7
L2
L3
L4
W
H
D
L1
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch)
- 178 -
1280(50.4)
1607(63.3)
730(28.7)
1427(56.1)
692(27.2)
670(26.3)
900(35.4)
704(27.7)
99(3.9)
82(3.2)
D
LGE Internal Use Only
2 Outdoor Units (16, 18, 20, 22, 24HP)
L4
L5
Dimensions
W
L8
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
W
H
D
L1
L2 mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch)
Notes:
1. Height of walls in case of pattern1:
Front side:1500mm, Suction side:500mm
2. If the above wall heights are exceeded, then h1/2 and h2/2 should be added to the front and suction side service spaces respectively as shown in the following figure.
3. When installing the units, the most appropriate pattern should be selected from those shown.
In order to obtain the best fit in the space available, always bear in mind the need to leave enough room for a person to pass between units and wall and for the air to circulate freely. Your layout should be taken account the possibility of short circuits.
4. The Units should be installed to leave sufficient space in front for the on site refrigerant piping work to be carried out comfortably.
D
1280(50.4)
1607(63.3)
730(28.7)
1427(56.1)
692(27.2)
670(26.3)
900(35.4)
10(0.4)
704(27.7)
99(3.9)
82(3.2)
250mm or more
250mm or more
900mm or more
Front side
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 179 -
250mm or more
LGE Internal Use Only
Dimensions
3 Outdoor Units (26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40HP)
L4
L5
W
L8
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
W
H
D
L1
L2 mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch)
Notes:
1. Height of walls in case of pattern1:
Front side:1500mm, Suction side:500mm
2. If the above wall heights are exceeded, then h1/2 and h2/2 should be added to the front and suction side service spaces respectively as shown in the following figure.
3. When installing the units, the most appropriate pattern should be selected from those shown.
In order to obtain the best fit in the space available, always bear in mind the need to leave enough room for a person to pass between units and wall and for the air to circulate freely. Your layout should be taken account the possibility of short circuits.
4. The Units should be installed to leave sufficient space in front for the on site refrigerant piping work to be carried out comfortably.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 180 -
1280(50.4)
1607(63.3)
730(28.7)
1427(56.1)
692(27.2)
670(26.3)
900(35.4)
10(0.4)
704(27.7)
99(3.9)
82(3.2)
250mm or more
250mm or more
900mm or more
Front side
D
250mm or more
LGE Internal Use Only
4. Piping Diagrams
4.1 Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
4.1.1 Cooling Operation
Piping Diagrams
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 181 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
4.1.2 Heating Operation
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 182 -
LGE Internal Use Only
4.1.3 Oil Return/Defrost Operation
Piping Diagrams
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 183 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
4.2.1 Simultaneous Operation Mode 1 (Cooling Oriented operation)
Cooling
"ON"
Indoor unit
Heat Exch.
EEV
Fan
Filter
: Low temp./Low pressure gas
: High temp./High pressure liquid
: High temp./High pressure gas s s s
HR unit
Indoor unit
Heat Exch.
EEV
Cooling
"ON"
Fan
Filter s s s s
Cooling
"ON"
Indoor unit
Heat Exch.
EEV
Fan
Filter s s
Heating
"ON"
Indoor unit
Heat Exch.
EEV
Fan
Filter
SC Unit
O/S
INV
Comp
4 Way Valve
Liquid Injection
Accum
Hot Gas
By pass
High Pressure Gas Pipe
Low Pressure Gas Pipe
Liquid Pipe
O/S
Drier
CON
Comp
Outdoor unit
Pressure sensor
Pressure switch
Check valve
EEV
Sensor s
Solenoid
Service Valve
Strainer
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 184 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
4.2.2 Simultaneous Operation Mode 2 (Heating Oriented operation)
Heating
"ON"
Indoor unit
Heat Exch.
EEV
Fan
Filter
: Low temp./Low pressure gas
: High temp./High pressure liquid
: High temp./High pressure gas s s s
HR unit
Heating
"ON"
Indoor unit
Heat Exch.
EEV
Fan
Filter s s s s
Heating
"ON"
Indoor unit
Heat Exch.
EEV
Fan
Filter s s
Cooling
"ON"
Indoor unit
Heat Exch.
EEV
Fan
Filter
SC Unit
O/S
INV
Comp
4 Way Valve
Liquid Injection
Accum
Hot Gas
By pass
High Pressure Gas Pipe
Low Pressure Gas Pipe
Liquid Pipe
O/S
CON
Comp
Drier
Outdoor unit
Pressure sensor
Pressure switch
Check valve
EEV
Sensor s
Solenoid
Service Valve
Strainer
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 185 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wiring Diagrams
5. Wiring Diagrams
Main Outdoor Unit
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 186 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Sub Outdoor Unit
Wiring Diagrams
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 187 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wiring Diagrams
Inverter Board
CONNECTOR No.
CN1
CN2
CN3
CN4
CN5
CN6
CN10, 11, 12
CN13
SPEC
POWER
DC-LINK
WRITE
H/P, M
PHASE
SIGNAL
IPM
IPM
Main Board
CONNECTOR No.
CN01
CN02
CN03
CN04
CN05
CN06
CN07
CN08
CN10
CN11
CN12
CN13
CN14
CN15
CN16
CN17
CN18
CN19
CN20
CN21
CN22
CN23
CN25
CN26
CN27
CN28
CN29
JIG 1
JIG 2
CN36
CN24
CN34
SPEC
AC POWER IN
AC TRANS IN
AC TRANS OUT
4WAY
LIQ(I)
LIQ(C)
HEATER(I)
HEATER(C)
HOT-GAS
OILPASS(I)
OILPASS(C)
CHECK_SOL/ACC
MAGNET(C)
COOLING FAN
EEV-OUT
EEV-SC
TO-JIG
CEN-CONTROL/WRITE
TO FAN BOARD
TO INVERTER BOARD
TO INDOOR UNIT
TO SUB OUTDOOR
OUT-AIR
S_PIPE(I)
D_PIPE(C)
D_PIPE(I)
HEX_PIPE(C)
HEX_PIPE(I)
SC-OUT
SC-IN
SC-L
P-SEN(H)
P-SEN(L)
JIG
JIG
EEV-HOUT
DRY CONTACT
DRY CONTACT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
DESCRIPTION
AC POWER
DC LINK VOLTAGE DETECT
ON BOARD WRITING
HIGH PRESSURE MAGNETIC SWITCH
3 PHASE DETECT
TRANSMISSION WITH CONTROL BOARD
PWM SIGNAL
PWM CONTROL POWER
DESCRIPTION
AC POWER
AC POWER TO TRANS
AC POWER FROM TRANS
4WAY REVERSING VALVE
INVERTER COMP LIQUID INJECTION VALVE
CONSTANT COMP LIQUID INJECTION VALVE
INVERTER COMP CRANK HEATER
CONSTANT COMP CRANK HEATER
HOT GAS BYPASS VALVE
NO USE
NO USE
CHECK SOLENOID VALVE
MAGNETIC SWITCH
HEATSINK FAN
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE(MAIN)
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE(SUBCOOLING SIRCUIT)
TRANSMISSION WITH JIG
TRANSMISSION WITH CENTRAL CONTROLLER
TRANSMISSION WITH FAN BOARD
TRANSMISSION WITH INVERTER BOARD
TRANSMISSION WITH INDOOR UNIT
TRANSMISSION WITH SUB OUTDOOR UNIT
OUTDOOR AIR THERMISTOR
INVERTER COMP SUCTION PIPE THERMISTOR
CONSTANT COMP DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
INVERTER COMP DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
CONDENSOR PIPE THERMISTOR(C)
CONDENSOR PIPE THERMISTOR(I)
SUBCOOLING CIRCUIT OUTLET PIPE THERMISTOR
SUBCOOLING CIRCUIT INLET PIPE THERMISTOR
SUBCOOLING CIRCUIT LIQUID PIPE THERMISTOR
HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR
LOW PRESSURE SENSOR
JIG POWER
JIG POWER
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE(MAIN)
OPERATING MODE LOCKING(COOL, HOT ,GENERAL)
OPERATING MODE LOCKING(COOL, HOT ,GENERAL)
- 188 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Wiring Diagrams
Sub Board
CONNECTOR No.
CN01
CN02
CN03
CN04
CN05
CN06
CN07
CN08
CN10
CN11
CN12
CN14
CN15
CN16
CN17
CN18
CN19
CN20
CN21
CN22
CN23
CN24
CN26
CN27
CN28
CN29
CN30
JIG1
JIG2
SPEC
AC POWER IN
AC TRANS IN
AC TRANS OUT
4WAY
LIQ(A)
LIQ(B)
HEATER(A)
HEATER(B)
HOT-GAS
OILPASS(A)
OILPASS(B)
MAGNET(A)
MAGNET(B)
H/P
PHASE
FAN(R)
FAN(L)
EEV-OUT
EEV-SC
TO JIG
CEN_CONTROL/WRITE
TO MAIN OUTDOOR
OUT-AIR
S_PIPE(A)
D_PIPE(B)
D_PIPE(A)
HEX_PIPE(A)
HEX_PIPE(B)
SC-OUT
SC-IN
SC-L
P-SEN(H)
P-SEN(L)
JIG
JIG
DESCRIPTION
AC POWER
AC POWER TO TRANS
AC POWER FROM TRANS
4WAY REVERSING VALVE
CONSTANT(A) COMP LIQUID INJECTION VALVE
CONSTANT(B) COMP LIQUID INJECTION VALVE
CONSTANT(A) COMP CRANK HEATER
CONSTANT(B) COMP CRANK HEATER
HOT GAS BYPASS VALVE
NO USE
NO USE
CONSTANT(A) COMP MAGNETIC SWITCH
CONSTANT(B) COMP MAGNETIC SWITCH
HIGH PRESSURE
3 PHASE DETECT
FAN MOTOR(RIGHT)
FAN MOTOR(LEFT)
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE(MAIN)
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE(SUBCOOLING SIRCUIT)
TRANSMISSION WITH JIG
NO USE
TRANSMISSION WITH MAIN OUTDOOR UNIT
OUTDOOR AIR THERMISTOR
CONSTANT(A) COMP SUCTION PIPE THERMISTOR
CONSTANT(B) COMP DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
CONSTANT(A) COMP DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR
CONDENSOR PIPE THERMISTOR(A)
CONDENSOR PIPE THERMISTOR(B)
SUBCOOLING CIRCUIT OUTLET PIPE THERMISTOR
SUBCOOLING CIRCUIT INLET PIPE THERMISTOR
SUBCOOLING CIRCUIT LIQUID PIPE THERMISTOR
HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR
LOW PRESSURE SENSOR
JIG POWER
JIG POWER
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 189 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
6. Functions
1. Basic control .................................................................................................................191
1.1 Normal operation .....................................................................................................191
1.2 Compressor control..................................................................................................191
1.3 Main and sub unit's EEV control ..............................................................................192
1.4 Fan control ...............................................................................................................193
1.5 Fan mode .................................................................................................................193
2. Special control ..............................................................................................................194
2.1 Oil return control ......................................................................................................194
2.2 Defrost control..........................................................................................................197
2.3 Oil equalizing control................................................................................................198
2.4 Stopping operation ...................................................................................................201
3. Protection control .........................................................................................................203
3.1 Pressure protection control ......................................................................................203
3.2 Discharge temperature control.................................................................................205
3.3 Inverter protection control ........................................................................................205
3.4 Liquid back control ...................................................................................................206
3.5 Phase detection .......................................................................................................207
3.6 Pressure switch........................................................................................................207
4. Other control .................................................................................................................208
4.1 Initial setup ...............................................................................................................208
4.2 Instant indoor unit checking mode ...........................................................................211
4.3 Emergency operation ...............................................................................................212
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 190 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
1. Basic control
1.1 Normal operation
Actuator
Compressor
Fan
Cooling only & cooling based heating
Fuzzy control
Fuzzy control
Heating only & heating based cooling
Fuzzy control
Fuzzy control
Main EEV Full open Fuzzy control
4 way valve
Subcooling
EEV
Off
Fuzzy control
On
Fuzzy control
Stop state stop stop
After 15min, min. pulse
After 15min, Off
After 15min, min. pulse
1.2 Compressor control
Fuzzy control : Maintain evaporating temperature(Te) to be constant on cooling mode and condensing temperature(Tc) on heating mode by Fuzzy control to ensure the stable system performance.
(Tc:47 ~51°C, Te:2 ~ 5°C)
(1) Cooling mode
Te can be set by initial dip switch setting. (Normal mode, capacity up mode, and energy save mode)
(2) Heating mode
Tc can be set by initial dip switch setting. (Normal mode, capacity up mode, and energy save mode)
Note:
By setting dip switch, Te and Tc are decided simultaneously.
(1) The sequence of compressor operation for 3 unit system
INV C1 C2 C3 C4 C5
Main
1) Stage increasing situation
Inv
→
C3
→
C5
→
C2
→
C4
→
C1(full)
Inv
→
C5
→
C2
→
C4
→
C3
→
C1(full)
Inv
→
C2
→
C4
→
C3
→
C5
→
C1(full)
Inv
→
C4
→
C3
→
C5
→
C2
→
C1(full)
SUB1 SUB2
2) Stage decreasing situation
Full
→
C1
→
C3
→
C5
→
C2
→
C4
→
Inv
Full
→
C1
→
C5
→
C2
→
C4
→
C3
→
Inv
Full
→
C1
→
C2
→
C4
→
C3
→
C5
→
Inv
Full
→
C1
→
C4
→
C3
→
C5
→
C2
→
Inv
*Stage means how many constant compressors operate
Example)
Stage 2: 2 constant compressors operate
Stage 1: 1 constant compressor operate
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 191 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
INV C1
Main
1) Stage increasing situation
Inv
→
C2
→
C1
→
C3(full)
Inv
→
C3
→
C1
→
C2(full)
2) Stage decreasing situation
Full
→
C2
→
C1
→
C3
Full
→
C3
→
C1
→
C2
C2
SUB1
C3
1.3 Main and sub unit's EEV control
(1) Main EEV control
Main EEV operates with fuzzy control rules to keep the degree of super Heat(Superheat) (about 3°C)at the evaporator outlet stable during heating mode
The degree of Superheat = Tsuction - Tevaporation
Tsuction : temperature at suction pipe sensor(°C)
Tevaporation : evaporation temperature equivalent to low pressure(°C)
(2) Sub EEV control
Sub EEV operates according to the opening of main EEV, otherwise the opening range is limited by the open degree of the main EEV
- Limited conditions : liquid back control, discharge temperature control etc.
(3) Subcooling EEV control(about 15°C)
Subcooling EEV works with fuzzy rules to keep the degree of Subcool at the outlet of subcooler during cooling mode
The degree of Subcool = Tcondensation - Tliquid
Tliquid : temperature at outlet of subcooler(°C)
Tcondensation : condensation temperature equivalent to high pressure(°C)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 192 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
1.4 Fan control
The fan motors of the main unit are operated by the inverter drive with fuzzy control rules. Those of the sub units are all step motors. The operating status of the fan motors is shown below for each step.
1.5 Fan mode
Fan Step
0
1
2
3
4
5
Left fan
Stop
Low
High
Low
High
High
Sub unit
Right fan
Stop
Stop
Stop
Low
Low
High
Main unit
Fan frequency
<5 Hz
5 Hz
≤
f <
10 Hz
≤
f < 20Hz
20 Hz
≤
f < 30Hz
30 Hz
≤
f < 40Hz f
≥
40Hz
The main unit has two inverter motors and both operate together .
• The sub unit has two tap motors and run in steps of stop , low and high .
• The tap motor functioning is decided as per the frequency of the inverter motors of the main unit.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 193 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2. Special control
2.1 Oil return control
2.1.1 Oil return control on cooling mode
Component
Inv. Comp.
Const. Comp.
Main EEV
SC EEV
Fan
Reversing Valve
Hot gas bypass
Indoor unit
Indoor EEV
Indoor Fan
Signal
Starting
0 Hz
All off
Full open
Normal control
Normal control
Off
Normal control
Starting
Normal control
Normal control
Off
Running
Refer to Table1
Refer to Table1
Full open min
Normal control
Off
Normal control
Running
1200 pls
Off
On
Ending
40 Hz
Off
Full open
100 pls
Normal control
Off
Normal control
Ending
Normal control
Normal control
Off
Table 1. Compressor combination during Oil return control
Pressure limit
Before 70 s After 70 s
UW
UW+UW
UW+UW+UW
50Hz
45Hz
45Hz+
Const Comp1
80Hz
45Hz+
Const Comp1
45Hz+
Const Comp2
Before 70 s
Normal
60Hz
60Hz+
Const Comp1
60Hz+
Const Comp2
After 70 s
60Hz+
Const Comp1
60Hz+
Const Comp2
60Hz+
Const Comp3
■
Oil return operation time : 3 min for running step
■
Starting condition:every 6 hours operate
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 194 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2.1.2 Oil return control on heating mode
Component
Inv. Comp.
Const. Comp.
Main EEV
SC EEV
Fan
Reversing Valve
Hot gas bypass
Indoor unit
Indoor EEV
Indoor Fan
Signal
Starting
0 Hz
All off
Full open
Normal control
Normal control
Off
Normal control
Starting
Normal control
Normal control
Off
Running
Refer to Table2
Refer to Table2
Full open min
Normal control
Off
Normal control
Running
1200 pls
Off
On
Ending
40 Hz
Off
Full open
100 pls
Normal control
Off
Normal control
Ending
Normal control
Normal control
Off
Table 2. Compressor combination during Oil return control
Pressure limit
UW
UW+UW
UW+UW+UW
Before 70 s
50Hz
Minimum Hz
Minimum Hz
+ Const Comp1
After 70 s
80Hz
45Hz+
Const Comp1
45Hz+
Const Comp2
Before 70 s
Normal
60Hz
Minimum Hz
Minimum Hz
+ Const Comp2
After 70 s
60Hz+
Const Comp1
60Hz+
Const Comp2
60Hz+
Const Comp3
■
Oil return operation time : 3 min for running step
■
Min. frequency
• temp. out > -5˚C: 30Hz temp. out -5˚C: 40Hz
■
Starting condition:same as cooling mode
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 195 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2.1.3 Compressor stage during oil return control and defrost control
■
High pressure limit during defrost and oil return control on heating mode
Compressor combination Pressure range
Pd
≥
3546 kPa
Pd < 3284 kPa
Refer to combination table2 and table 3
Refer to combination table2 and table 3
■
Low pressure limit during defrost and oil return control on heating mode
Pressure range Compressor combination
Ps
≤
229 kpa
Ps
≥
242 kpa
Refer to combination table2 and table 3
Refer to combination table2 and table 3
■
High pressure limit during oil return control on cooling mode
Pressure range
Pd
≥
3546 kPa
Pd < 3284 kPa
Compressor combination
Refer to combination table1
Refer to combination table1
■
Low pressure limit during oil return control on cooling mode
Pressure range
Ps
≤
229 kpa
Ps
≥
242 kpa
Compressor combination
Refer to combination table1
Refer to combination table1
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 196 -
LGE Internal Use Only
2.2 Defrost control
Starting condition
Starting defrost control if one case of bellowing 2 cases is satisfied
1) Partly defrost
When there is one or more bellowing cases of hex pipe temp. as each unit a) air temp.
≥
0°C : hex pipe temp. < -7°C b) -5°C < air temp. < 0°C : hex pipe temp. < (air temp. - 8°C) air temp.
≤
-5°C
≤
: hex pipe temp.< ( air temp. -9°C)
2) All defrost
When all hex pipe temp. is satisfied bellowing cases a) air temp.
≥
0°C : hex pipe temp. < -10°C b) air temp. < 0°C : hex pipe temp. < (air temp. -11°C)
Component
Inv Compressor
Sub unit compressor
Starting
Min. frequency
All off
Running
60 Hz
On
Fan 0 Hz
High pressure control
Ending
30 Hz
Off
High pressure control
Main EEV Full open Full open Base pulse
4 way valve
On
→ off min.
Off min.
On min.
Subcooling EEV
Hot gas bypass valve
On On On
Indoor unit
Fan
Thermo on unit
EEV
Thermo off unit
EEV
Starting
Off
Oil return pulse
Heating close pulse
Running
Off
Oil return operation pulse
Oil return operation pulse
Ending
Off
Return to base pulse
Heating close pulse
Functions
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 197 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
■
Ending condition
1) All Heat exchanger pipe temperature are above 15˚C for 30 sec.
2) The running time of defrost operation is over 30% of the total heating time
3) If liquid injection begins.
Teble3. Compressor combination during defrost control
UW
UW+UW
UW+UW+UW
Pressure limit
Before 70 s After 70 s
50Hz
45Hz
45Hz+
Const Comp1
80Hz
45Hz+
Const Comp1
45Hz+
Const Comp2
2.3 Oil equalizing control
2.3.1 Oil equalizing control on cooling mode
Before 70 s
Normal
60Hz
60Hz
60Hz+
Const Comp2
After 70 s
60Hz+
Const Comp1
60Hz+
Const Comp2
60Hz+
Const Comp3
Component
Inv Compressor
Sub unit compressor
Fan
Main EEV
4 way valve
Subcooling EEV
Hot gas bypass valve
Starting
Equalizing control
Equalizing control
High pressure control
Full open
Off
Subcooling control
Off
Running
Equalizing control
Equalizing control
High pressure control
Full open
Off
Subcooling control
Off
Ending
Equalizing control
Equalizing control
High pressure control
Full open
Off
Subcooling control
Off
Indoor unit
Fan
Thermo on unit
EEV
Thermo off unit
EEV
Starting
Normal
Normal min. pulse
Running
Normal
Normal min. pulse
■
Ending condition
1) About 4min after control begins
■
Starting condition:every 2hours operation with constant compressors.
Ending
Normal
Normal min. pulse
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 198 -
LGE Internal Use Only
2.3.2 Oil equalizing control on heating mode
Component
Inv Compressor
Sub unit compressor
Fan
Main EEV
4 way valve
Subcooling EEV
Hot gas bypass valve
Indoor unit
Fan
Thermo on unit
EEV
Thermo off unit
EEV
Starting
Normal
Normal min. pulse
■
Ending condition
1) About 4min after control begins
■
Starting condition:same as cooling mode
Starting
Equalizing control
Equalizing control
Running
Equalizing control
Equalizing control
Ending
Equalizing control
Equalizing control
Low pressure control
Low pressure control
Low pressure
Depending on the indoor pipe temp. condition control
On min. pulse
Off
On min. pulse
Off
On min. pulse
Off
Running
Normal
Normal min. pulse
Ending
Normal
Normal min. pulse
Functions
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 199 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2.3.3 Equalizing operation of compressors’ oil
• The equalizing operation of a sub unit which no compressor operates is not performed.
• The equalizing operation of a sub unit which one compressor operates.
1) The operating compressor runs for 2 min. and stop.
2) The other compressor runs for 2 min.
3) After the equalizing operation, the primarily operating compressor runs.
• The equalizing operation of a sub unit which two compressors operate.
1) One compressor stops at the beginning of equalizing operation of compressors oil by decrease of one stage. The compressor which stops is decided by the stage table.
2) The operating compressor runs for 2 min.
3) The operating compressor stops after 2 min.
4) The other compressor runs for 2 min.
5) After 2 min., two compressors run by increase of one stage.
• Equalizing control about inverter compressor.
1) Inverter compressor keeps Min. frequency for 2 min.
2) Frequency increases 80Hz about 2 min.
3) Thereafter, Inverter compressor decreases to 40Hz.
• The change condition of equalizing operation.
If high pressure rises up to the high pressure limit condition.
Alternative equalizing operation begins.
❇
Alternate equalizing operation runs only one compressor in turn for 2 min.
• The skip conditions of oil equalizing operation.
liquid injection on
Abnormal high pressure
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 200 -
LGE Internal Use Only
2.4 Stopping operation
2.4.1 Stopping operation on cooling mode
Component
Inv Compressor
Sub unit compressor
Fan
Main EEV
4 way valve
Subcooling EEV
Operation
0 Hz
Off
0 Hz
Full open
Off
Full open
Hot gas bypass On
2.4.2 Stopping operation on heating mode
Component
Inv Compressor
Sub unit compressor
Fan
Main EEV
Operation
0 Hz
Off
0 Hz
Full open
4 way valve On
Subcooling EEV Full open
Hot gas bypass On
Note
-
-
-
After 15 min from stop, min.
Off
After 15 min from stop, min.
After 15 min from stop, Off
Note
-
-
-
After 15 min from stop, min.
After 15 min from stop, off
After 15 min from stop, min.
After 15 min from stop, Off
Functions
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 201 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2.4.3 Stopping operation of sub units when only main unit operates
Component
Sub unit compressor
Operation
Off
Note
Fan
Main EEV
Depends on main unit fan frequency
Full open(cooling)
SH control(heating)
4 way valve
Hot gas bypass
Same state to main unit
Normally Off
Subcooling EEV
Subcooling control(cooling) min. pulse(heating)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 202 -
LGE Internal Use Only
3. Protection control
3.1 Pressure protection control
3.1.1 Pressure control on cooling mode
■
High pressure control
Pressure Range
Pd
≥
3807 kPa
Pd > 3676 kPa
Pd
≥
3448 kPa
Pd < 3284 kPa
Compressor Fan
Stop
-5Hz/2sec.
Frequency holding
Stop
+10Hz/2sec.
Normal control
Normal control
Hot gas
-
Off
■
Low pressure control
Pressure Range
Ps
≤
229 kPa after 1min
Ps
≤
229 kPa
before 1min
Ps
≤
242 kPa
Ps
≥
399 kPa
Compressor
Stop
Fan
Stop
-5 Hz/2sec.
-10Hz/2sec.
Normal control
Normal control
Frequency holding
Hot gas
On
Off
Functions
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 203 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
3.1.2 Pressure control on heating mode
■
High pressure control
Pressure Range
Pd
≥
3807 kPa
Pd
≥
3676 kPa
Pd
≤
3448 kPa
Pd
≤
Target press
Compressor
Stop
-5Hz/2sec.
Fan
Stop
-5Hz/2sec.
Normal control Frequency holding
Normal control
■
Low pressure control
Pressure Range
Ps
≤
229 kPa after 1min
Ps
≤
229 kPa
before 1min
Ps
≤
242 kPa
Ps
≤
268kPa
Ps
≥
307 kPa
Compressor
Stop
Fan
Stop
-5 Hz/2sec.
Frequency holding
+10Hz/2sec.
Normal control
Normal control
Hot gas
On
Off
Hot gas
On
Off
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 204 -
LGE Internal Use Only
3.2 Discharge temperature control
■
Outdoor unit control
Temperature range
Tdis >115˚C
Compressor Liquid injection
System stop
105˚C< Tdis
≤
112 ˚C
Frequency down + const. Comp off
On
98 ˚C < Tdis
≤
103 ˚C
Tdis
≤
98˚C
Tdis >95 ˚C
Liquid injection on
No frequency up
Pressure control
Pressure control
Keep state
Off
Off
Subcooling EEV
Max. limit
350 pulse
If liquid is on,
Max. limit
350 pulse
Max. limit
150 pulse
10 pulse open /10sec
■
Indoor unit control
Temperature range
Tdis >115 ˚C
103˚C < Tdis
≤
115˚C
98 ˚C < Tdis
≤
103 ˚C
Tdis
≤
98 ˚C
EEV
System stop
Emergency
SH control
Keep current control
SH control
3.3 Inverter protection control
item
DC Peak
High pressure switch
Low voltage control
System stop
Inv compressor 5Hz down/10 sec
Inv. compressor no frequency up
Inv. Compressor normal control
System stop
System stop
System stop
Functions
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 205 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
3.4 Liquid back control
■
Main unit on cooling mode
Discharge temperature
Tdis < Tc + 12˚C
Tdis > Tc + 16 ˚C
■
Sub unit on cooling mode
Discharge temperature
Tdis < Tc + 12˚C
Tdis > Tc + 16 ˚C
■
Main unit on heating mode
Discharge temperature
Tdis < Tc + 17˚C
Tdis > Tc + 18 ˚C
■
Sub unit on heating mode
Discharge temperature
Tdis < Tc + 17˚C
Tdis > Tc + 18 ˚C
Indoor unit ’s EEV
SH increasing control
Normal SH control
Indoor unit’s EEV
SH increasing control
Normal SH control
Outdoor unit ’s EEV
SH increasing control
Normal SH control
Indoor unit’s EEV
Normal operation
Normal operation
❇
The logic starts after 9 min. on heating mode and 4 min. on cooling mode from the compressor running.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 206 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
3.5 Phase detection
■
Main unit
- Inverter PCB has phase fault detection circuit. If a phase is missed or phases are reversed, error LED(red) flickers once per second when power is on.
■
Sub unit
- Sub PCB has phase fault detection circuit. If a phase is missed or phases are reversed, phase fault error occurs and LED 6 is on.
❇
Phase fault detection is enable only for 5 sec after power is on.
3.6 Pressure switch
■
Sub unit
- Sub PCB has pressure sensing switch in series between compressor and power relay.
- The state of pressure sensing switch is normally on. It has small electric current from 220V AC. Never touch the connecting terminal with hand nor short two wires directly.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 207 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
4. Other control
4.1 Initial setup
There are 4 initial setup steps before running.
All DIP switch setting must be completed before initial setup.
1) Step 1 : factory setting value display
■
Main unit
Factory setting value is displayed in 7 segment on PCB for 24sec.
All dip switches must be set properly before step 1.
Power is on
Main model code is displayed (3sec) sub1 model code is displayed (3sec) sub2 model code is displayed (3sec)
Total capacity including sub units is displayed (2sec)
Heat pump : Display 2 is default value
Cooling only : no display
Factory setting(25 is normal)
Refrigerant display
(sub 1)
(sub 2)
( main+sub1,2)
( normal)
( normal)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 208 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
■
Sub unit
- Factory setting value is displayed by LED's for 3sec
- All dip switches must be set as sub 1, 2 (refer to DIP switch setting)
- LED display disappears after 10 sec.
- LED's led2 led1
8 HP 10 HP 12 HP 14 HP led4 led3
C/O
-
-
H/P
-
-
led6 led5
Sub1 Sub2
-
-
led8 led7 normal
Comp. 2 on
Comp. 1 on
-
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 209 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2) Step 2 : Communication check
- If all model code is displayed in 7 segment including all sub unit, communication between outdoor units is normal.
- LED5 of sub unit PCB blinks when the sub unit transfers information to the main unit.
- If LED5 doesn't blink periodically, check communication wires or dip switch setting.
3) Step 3 : PCB error check
- After 40 sec, error check begins.
■
Main unit
- All errors of units including sub units are displayed in 7 segment.
- If communication with the inverter fan PCB and that with the inverter compressor PCB are normal, 2 LED's on the main PCB are blink.
LED01k represents the communication state with the inverter compressor PCB.
LED02k represents the communication state with the inverter fan PCB.
■
Sub unit
- After 40 sec, LED1 blinks once per second.
- If electric phase is reversed or missed, LED6 is on.
- Other LED' except LED1 must be off in initial setup steps.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 210 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
4.2 Instant indoor unit checking mode
- Indoor units can be turned on/off by outdoor unit without central controller or central control address setting with this function.
- All indoor units will be turned off and be wait for 3 min. at the beginning.
- All indoor units can be run on only one mode, cooling or heating by dip switch setting.
- In instant indoor unit checking mode, the indoor unit cannot be controlled by the wired remote controller and there is no display in indoor unit's remote controller. If the indoor unit is turned on/off by the remote controller, it has no effect on the unit.
Dip switch setting
1 on : cooling, 1,2 on : heating
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Red button : push 3 times in 3 sec.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(3 times)
Instant indoor unit checking mode starts
Red button pushed : Next indoor unit
Black button pushed : On
→
Off, Off
→
On
Red button pushed : Next indoor unit
At last indoor unit,
Red button pushed : Return to 1 st unit
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 211 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
4.3 Emergency operation
- If a compressor is out of order, the system can be run except the defective compressor by backup function.
- There are two backup modes. One is the backup of constant speed compressor, and the other is the backup of inverter compressor.
- In inverter compressor backup mode, there is a restriction on the capacity of the running indoor units. In case of inverter failure, backup operation is possible when 110kBtu/hr. or more indoor units are ON.
- On the case of single outdoor unit, the required indoor operating capacity is 70kBtu/hr.
- Under the limit capacity in inverter backup mode, outdoor unit will not be run even indoor units are still running.
normal inv main
C1 C2 sub1
C3 C4 sub2
C5
C2 fail in sub1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 inv C1 C2 C3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C4 C5
C2, C5, and
Inv. fail inv C1 C2 C3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C4 C5
C4 and C5 fail
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 inv C1 C2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C3 C4 C5
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 212 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Part 4
HR Units
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 213 -
LGE Internal Use Only
HR Units
1. Specifications ...........................................................................215
2. Parts Functions ........................................................................216
3. Dimensions ...............................................................................217
4. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................218
5. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................219
6. Functions ..................................................................................220
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 214 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Specifications
1. Specifications
HR Unit
Model
Max. Connectable No. of Indoor Units
Nominal Input
Net. Weight
Dimensions
(W*H*D)
Casing
Heating kg lbs
Inch
Mm
Connecting Pipes Indoor Liquid Pipe [mm/inch]
Gas Pipe [mm/inch]
Outdoor Liquid [mm/inch]
Low Pressure [mm/inch]
High Pressure [mm/inch]
Sound Absorbing Insulation Material
Current Minimum circuit Amps(MCA)
Maximum fuse Amps(MFA)
Power Supply
Cooling
PRHR020
2
26
26
19
44.1
31.5*8.6*24.3
801*218*617
Ø9.52[3/8]
Ø22.2[7/8]
Ø19.05[3/4]
PRHR030
3
40
40
20
48.5
31.5*8.6*24.3
801*218*617
Galvanized steel plate
Ø9.52[3/8]
Ø15.88[5/8]
Ø12.7[1/2]
Ø28.58[1 1/8]
Ø22.2[7/8]
Flame and resistant foamed polyetinylene
0.2
15
1Ø, 220~240V, 50Hz
PRHR040
4
40
40
21
52.9
31.5*8.6*24.3
801*218*617
Ø12.7[7/8]
Ø28.58[1 1/8]
Ø22.2[7/8]
Notes:
1. Voltage range : Units are suitable for sue on electrical systems where voltage supplied to units terminals is not below or above listed range limits.
2. Maximum allowable voltage unbalance between phases is 2%
3. MCA/MFA MCA = 1.25 * FLA
MFA
≤
4*FLA
(Next lower standard fuse rating. Min. 15A)
4. Select wire size based on the MCA
5. Instead of fuse, use circuit.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 215 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Parts Functions
2. Parts Functions
2.1 Parts Functions
Parts Name
Low pressure gas pipe
High pressure gas pipe
Liquid pipe 1
Liquid bypass valve
Solenoid Assembly 1, 2
Liquid pipe 2
Gas pipe
Balancing valve
Symbol
LPGV
HPGV
LP1
LBV
SOL1, 2
LP2
GSP
BLV
Subcooling EEV SCEEV
Major Function
Pipe for Low pressure gas
Pipe for High pressure gas
Liquid pipe connected with outdoor unit
Prevent Liquid charging
Control the path for heating or cooling
Liquid pipe connected with indoor unit
Gas pipe connected with indoor unit
Control the pressure between High and Low pressure pipe during operation switching
Control the subcooling
Low pressure gas pipe
High pressure gas pipe
Subcooling EEV
Balancing valve
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe 1
Liquid bypass valve
Solenoid Assembly 1
Solenoid Assembly 2
Liquid pipe2
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 216 -
LGE Internal Use Only
3.
Dimensions
3.1 HR Units
PRHR020
PRHR030
PRHR040
98
480
345
137
Dimensions
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 217 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Piping Diagrams
4. Piping Diagrams
4.1 HR Unit
L/P Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
B
H/P Gas pipe
A s s s s s s s s s s s s
Solenoid
EEV
Sensor
D s
: To be switched operation between cooling and heating by two Sol. Valves
: To be used decreasing noise according to sub-cooling of inlet and outlet of indoor unit
(Simultaneous operation)
: To prevent liquid charging between H/P gas valve and HR unit at cooling mode
: To be controlled the pressure between High and Low pressure pipe during operation switching s
C
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 218 -
LGE Internal Use Only
5. Wiring Diagrams
5.1 HR Units
Wiring Diagrams
CN04
CN05
CN06
CN07
CN08
CN09
CN10
CN11
CN12
Solenoid Valve 01L/H(For Room1)
Solenoid Valve 02L/H(For Room2)
Solenoid Valve 03L/H(For Room3)
Solenoid Valve 04L/H(For Room4)
Solenoid Valve 01 (Bypass for Room1)
Solenoid Valve 02 (Bypass for Room2)
Solenoid Valve 03 (Bypass for Room3)
Solenoid Valve 04 (Bypass for Room4)
Solenoid Valve Bypass
CN14 Sub Cooling EEV
CN16(SC Out) Sensor, Sub Cooling Out
CN16(SC In)
CN18(Liquid)
SW01M
Sensor, Sub Cooling in
Sensor, Liquid Receiver
Solonoid Valve Number Setting(When Manual address)
SW02M(1)
SW02M(2~3)
Selecting, Auto Address( ) or manual Address( )
Setting, Total Number of Indoor connected
SW03M
SW04M
SW05M
Setting, the Address of indoor_10(When manual Address)
Setting, the Address of indoor_1(When Manual Address)
Setting, HR Unit Number
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 219 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
6. Functions
1. Basic control .................................................................................................................223
1.1 Normal operation .....................................................................................................223
1.2 Starting control.........................................................................................................223
1.3 Valve control.............................................................................................................223
2. Special control ..............................................................................................................224
2.1 Oil return/defrost control ..........................................................................................224
2.2 Liquid bypass control ...............................................................................................224
2.3 Subcooling EEV control ...........................................................................................224
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 220 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
1. Basic control
1.1 Normal operation
Actuator
H/P gas valve
L/P gas valve
Liquid valve
Power on
Close
After 30 sec.
Open
Close
Cooling operation
Close
Open
Open
Heating operation
Open
Close
Close
Stop state
Keep
Keep
Close
1.2 Starting control(Heating mode only)
If the system is operated in the heating mode, all high pressure gas valves are opened
1.3 Valve control
Mode change timer is calculated as Table 1, and valves are controlled by Mode change timer according to
Table 2.
Table 1. Mode change timer calculation
Previous mode Changing Mode
Stop or Ventilation
Cooling mode
Heating mode
Cooling or Heating
Cooling or Heating
Heating
Cooling
Stop or Ventilation
Mode change timer
120 s
180 s
120 s
Keep
Table 2. Valve control by Mode change timer
Operating mode
Cooling
Heating
Mode change timer
120
≤
timer
0 < timer < 120
timer = 0
180
≤
timer
0 < timer < 180
timer = 0
Stop or
Ventilation
-
H/P gas
Valve
Keep
Close
Close
Keep
Close
Open
Keep
L/P gas
Valve
Keep
Close
Open
Keep
Close
Close
Keep
Balancing
Valve
Close
Open
Close
Close
Close
Close
Close
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 221 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Functions
2. Special control
2.1 Oil return/defrost control
Component
Inv. Compressor
H/P gas valve
L/P gas valve
Balancing valve
Starting
Stop
Keep
Keep
Open for 30s
2.2 Liquid bypass control
Running
60 Hz
Close
Open
Close
Indoor Units Operating
Ending
40 Hz
Open or Close
Open or Close
Close
Are whole Indoor Units operating
Cooling mode?
Yes
Solenoid valve Open
For liquid bypass
(H/P gas
→
L/P gas valve)
No
2.3 Subcooling EEV control
Target : about 15°C
Subcooling EEV works with Fuzzy rules to keep the degree of subcooling at the outlet of subcooler during simultaneous operation
The degree of Subcooling = T outlet of Subcooler – T inlet of Subcooler.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 222 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Part 5
PCB Setting and Test Run
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 223 -
LGE Internal Use Only
HR Unit PCB
HR Unit PCB
#1 valve housing
#4 valve housing
#1 cooling valve LED(green)
#1 heating valve LED(red)
7-SEG
SW02M
(Dip switch for setup of the function of HR unit)
Switch for setup of HR Unit
1. Main function of SW02M
SW02M
ON S/W
No.1
No.2
No.3
No.4
No.5
No.6
No.7
No.8
Selection
Method for addressing valves of an HR unit (Auto/Manual)
Model of HR unit
Model of HR unit
Not used
Not used
Not used
Use only in factory production (preset to “OFF”)
Use only in factory production (preset to “OFF”)
1) Selection of the method for addressing valves of an HR unit (Auto/Manual)
Switch No.1 Off Switch No.1 On
Manual
Auto
SW03M SW04M
SW05M
(Switch for
addressing
HR unit)
SW01M
SW01M/SW03M/SW04M
(Switch for manual valve
addressing)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 224 -
LGE Internal Use Only
HR Unit PCB
2) Selection of the model of the HR unit
(For 2 rooms)
PRHR020
(For 3 rooms)
PRHR040
(For 4 rooms)
PRHR040
Initial
Setting
1 room
Connected
2 rooms
Connected
3 rooms
Connected
4 rooms
Connected
❈
Each model is shipped with the switches No.2 and No.3 pre-adjusted as above in the factory.
WARNING
If you want to use a PRHR030 for 2 rooms HR unit after closing the 3rd pipes, set the dip switch for 2 rooms HR unit.
If you want to use a PRHR040 for 3 rooms HR unit after closing the 4th pipes, set the dip switch for 3 rooms HR unit.
If you want to use a PRHR040 for 2 rooms HR unit after closing the 3rd and 4th pipes, set the dip switch for 2 rooms HR unit.
The unused port must be closed with a copper cap, not with a plastic cap.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 225 -
LGE Internal Use Only
HR Unit PCB
2. SW05M (Rotary S/W for addressing HR unit)
Must be set to '0' when installing only one HR unit.
When installing multiple HR units, address the HR units with sequentially increasing numbers starting from '0'.
Ex) Installation of 3 HR units
3 4 3 4 3 4
3. SW01M/SW03M/SW04M (Dip S/W and tact S/W for manual valve addressing)
- Used in manual addressing of the valve in the HR unit
- Set the address of the valve of the HR unit to the central control address of the connected indoor unit.
- SW01M: selection of the valve to address
SW03M: increase in the digit of 10 of valve address
SW04M: increase in the last digit of valve address
- Prerequisite for manual valve addressing : central control address of each indoor unit must be preset differently at its wired remote control.
S/W No.
Setup
No.1
Manual addressing of valve #1
SW01M
No.2
No.3
No.4
Manual addressing of valve #2
Manual addressing of valve #3
Manual addressing of valve #4
SW03M SW03M Increase in the digit of 10 of valve address
SW04M
SW04M Increase in the last digit of valve address
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 226 -
LGE Internal Use Only
HR Unit PCB
Method for addressing of indoor and HR Unit
1) Auto addressing for indoor unit
2) Auto pipe detection
3) Manual pipe detection(Execute in case of Auto pipe detection failure)
• Turn off all the indoor units before auto addressing.
If indoor unit is operated, auto addressing would not be completed.
1) Auto addressing for indoor unit
➀
Wait 3 minutes after turning on the outdoor unit, HR unit, indoor unit.
➁
Press SW02M of the outdoor unit main PCB for 5 seconds
➂
2~7 minutes are required depending on the number of indoor units connected.
➃
The number of the indoor units and HR units connected is displayed at 7-SEG of the outdoor unit main PCB after completion of indoor unit addressing and the address of each indoor unit appears in the window of its own wired remote control. (Example: CH01, CH02, CH03....CH06)
➄
Indoor Unit auto addressing is completed
7-SEG
2) Auto pipe detection
• Turn No.1 of SW02M of HR unit PCB off.
SW02M
AUTO ADDRESS
• Confirm that the setting of No.2, 3 of SW02M corresponds with the number of indoor units.
• Reset the power of HR unit PCB
• Turn off the No.5 DIP S/W of outdoor PCB when outdoor temperature is below 15°C
• Turn on the No.5 DIP S/W of outdoor PCB when outdoor temperature is over 15°C
• Reset the power of outdoor unit.
• Wait 3 minuts.
• Press SW01M of the outdoor unit main PCB for 5 Seconds.
• The number of connected HR unit is displayed.
Ex) In case of installing four HR units : 04
• Operated after 88 is displayed on 7-SEG of the outdoor unit main PCB.
• Pipe detection proceed.
• 5~30 minutes are required depending on the number of the indoor units and outdoor temperature.
• The number of the indoor units installed is displayed on 7-SEG of the outdoor unit main PCB for about 1 minute
(For a HR unit, the number of the indoor units connected to each HR unit is displayed.
• '200' is displayed in case of auto pipe detection error, and auto detection is completed after '88' is disappeared.
❈
Auto pipe detection function : the function that sets connection relationship automatically between the indoor unit and HR unit.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 227 -
LGE Internal Use Only
HR Unit PCB
WARNING
1. Execute auto addressing and auto pipe detection again whenever the indoor PCB and HR unit PCB is replaced.
• Operation error occurs unless power is applied to the indoor and HR units.
2. Error No.200 occurs if the number of connected indoor units and that of scanned indoor units are different.
3. When auto pipe detection fails, complete it with manual pipe detection (see Manual pipe detection).
4. When auto pipe detection addressing is completed normally, manual pipe detection is not required.
5. If you want to do auto pipe detection again after auto pipe detection fails, do after reset of outdoor unit by all means.
3) Manual pipe detection
• Enter the central control address into each indoor unit using its wired remote control.
• Turn No.1 of SW02M of HR unit PCB on.
• Reset the power of HR unit PCB.
• On the HR unit PCB, manually set address of each valve of the HR unit to the central control address of the indoor unit connected to the valve.
• Turn No.6 of SW03M of outdoor unit PCB on.
• Reset the power of outdoor unit PCB.
• The number of the indoor unit installed is displayed after about 5 minutes.
ex) Ex) HR
➠
The number of the indoor
• Turn No.6 of SW03M of outdoor unit PCB off.
• Reset the power of outdoor unit PCB.
• Manual pipe detection is completed
WARNING
• In case that central controller is not installed, remain the address data after installer sets central control address as he wants
• In case that central controller is installed, there would be central control address in wired remote control of indoor unit.
• In this case, set the HR unit manual pipe address according to central control address of indoor unit.
• Pipe which is not connected with indoor unit should be set different address with pipe Connected with indoor unit.
(If addresses are piled up, corresponding valve is not working.
• If you want to change the setting of manual pipe, you should do it on HR unit PCB.
• If an error occurred, it means that manual pipe setting is not completed.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 228 -
LGE Internal Use Only
HR Unit PCB
Flow chart for addressing of indoor and HR Unit
1) Flow chart for Auto addressing
Turn HR unit , indoor unit and outdoor unit on in the order named.
Wait for 3 minutes
Press SW02M of the outdoor unit main PCB for 5 seconds
'88' is displayed on outdoor unit main PCB and
HRunit PCB
The number of the indoor units connected is displayed at 7-SEG of the outdoor unit main PCB after 2~7 minutes
The number of HR units connected is displayed at 7-SEG of the outdoor unit main PCB
Are the number of indoor units connected to the outdoor unit wiring and displayed one equal?
Yes
No
Completion of auto addressing
Check power and communication wiring between outdoor, HR and indoor units
Retry indoor unit auto-addressing after checking trouble
Incompletion of auto addressing
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 229 -
LGE Internal Use Only
HR Unit PCB
2) Flow chart for Auto pipe detection
Confirmation of indoor unit address setting
Outdoor unit is operated for 5~30 minues.
Turn No.1 of SW02M of HR unit PCB off.
Confirm that the setting of No.2, 3 of
SW02M corresponds with the number of indoor units.
Reset the power of HR unit PCB
Confirm the No.5 DIP S/W of SW03M of outdoor PCB
Outdoor temperature is over 15
°
C : ON
Outdoor temperature is below 15
°
C : OFF
Is the pipe setting condition satisfied during the operation of indoor unit?
YES
The number of indoor units detected is displayed for 30 seconds on the outdoor unit PCB after outdoor unit stopped
NO
Display error on outdoor unit PCB
Display error on HR unit PCB
Outdoor unit PCB : HR
➠
HR unit number
➠
Valve number
HR unit : '200'
Check the HR unit and indoor unit
In case of changing SW03M S/W of outdoor unit, reset the power of outdoor unit main PCB
Wait for 3 minutes
Press SW01M of the outdoor unit main
PCB for 5 seconds
Are the number of indoor units connected to the outdoor unit wiring and displayed
one equal?
YES
Completion of auto pipe detection
NO
Pipe detection error occur after 30 seconds.
Check the installation of pipe of outdoor, indoor, HR unit
88' is displayed on 7-SEG of the outdoor unit main PCB
❇
It is possible to be generated mode changing noise of
heating and cooling which is normal.
There is no mode changing noise at normal operation.
Retry auto pipe detection after checking trouble
Incompletion of auto pipe detection
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 230 -
LGE Internal Use Only
HR Unit PCB
3) Flow chart for Manual pipe detection
Execute in case of Auto pipe detection failure
Wait for about 5 minutes.
Turn No.1 of SW02M of HR unit PCB on.
The number of the indoor units installed is displayed.
Ex)HR
➠
The number of the indoor
Reset the power of HR unit PCB.
Enter the central control address into each indoor unit using its wired remote control.
Are the number of indoor units connected to the outdoor unit and displayed one equal?
YES
On the HR unit PCB, manually set address of each valve of the HR unit to the central control address of the indoor unit connected to the valve.
Turn No.6 of SW03M of outdoor unit PCB off.
NO
Check the central control address of indoor and HR unit.
Make sure that reset the outdoor unit power when changing the central control unit
Turn No.6 of SW03M of outdoor unit PCB on.
Completion of manual pipe detection
Reset the power of outdoor unit PCB.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 231 -
LGE Internal Use Only
HR Unit PCB
Example of checking valve address
(In case that an indoor unit of central control address '11' is connected to a valve #1 of an
HR unit)
No.
Display and Setup Setup and Contents
1
• Operation: Turn dip S/W No.1 on.
• Display: "11" is displayed in 7-SEG
SW01M SW03M
2
• Operation: Turn dip S/W No.1 on.
• 7-SEG disappeared
SW01M SW03M
Identification of Manual Valve ID (Address)
No.
Display and Setup Setup and Contents
1
• Operation: more than 2 dip switches turned on.
• Display: "Er" is displayed in 7-SEG
SW01M SW03M
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 232 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Main unit and Sub unit PCB
Main Unit PCB
Main unit and Sub unit PCB
7 Segments
(Shows setting status)
SW03M (DIP switch)
Sub Unit PCB
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 233 -
LED
(Shows setting status)
SW03M
(DIP switch)
LGE Internal Use Only
Main unit and Sub unit PCB
DIP switch setting
■
Checking according to dip switch setting
1. You can check the setting values of the main outdoor unit from the 7 segment LED and those of the sub outdoor unit from the LED. The dip switch setting should be changed when the power is OFF.
2. It checks whether the input is properly performed without the bad contact of the dip switch or not
■
Checking the setting of the main unit
The number is sequentially appeared at the 7 segment in 10 seconds after applying the power.
This number represents the setting condition.
For example, R410a 30HP(Combined 10+10+10HP), Normal mode ;
Main model code
➨
Sub1 model code
➨
Sub2 model code
➨ total capacity
➨
3
➨
25
➨
41
(93) (97) (97) (30)
1~255: Main model code
Code Table
1~255: Sub1 model code
1~255: Sub2 model code
Main Unit
5~40: HP number(sum of main capacity and sub capacity)
1: Save mode 3: Normal mode 4: Capacity up mode
HP
8
Code
92
25: Normal
10 93
22: R22 model 41: R410a model
12 94
14 95
Sub Unit
HP
10
12
Code
97
98
■
Checking the setting of the sub unit
It is displayed by 8 LED of the sub unit. A set of two LED's represents 0, 1, 2 and 3 in binary.
LED1, LED3, LED5, and LED7 are least significant bit of each digit.
LED2, LED4, LED6, and LED8 are most significant bit of each digit.
1) LED2, LED1
00 : 8HP unit
2) LED6, LED5
00 : -
3) LED8, LED7
00 : normal
01 : 10HP unit
01 : sub1
11 : data display
10 : 12HP unit
10 : sub2
11 : 14HP unit
11 : sub3
CAUTION
Product may not properly operate if the relevant DIP switch is not properly setup.
LED location of the sub part
LED8 LED7 LED6 LED5 LED4
LED3
LED2
LED1
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 234 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Main unit and Sub unit PCB
■
Setting the DIP switch (SW03M)
• Set the dip switch with the power turned off. If you change the setting when the power is on, the changed setting is not applied immediately. The changed setting is applied at the moment that the power is on.
• Instant indoor unit checking, data display mode, and forced oil collecting operation are used when the units are running. If you don't have to use those functions after using them, restore the dip switch setting.
1. Settings of main outdoor unit
1) Standard mode(default)
1 2 3 4 5
ON
OFF
6 7 8
Setting before applying the power
When the installation condition is normal
(almost all cases), use standard mode.
2) Save mode
1 2
ON
OFF
3 4 5 6 7 8
Setting before applying the power
When the total pipe length is extremely short, use save mode.
3) Capacity up
1 2
ON
OFF
3 4 5 6 7 8
4) Instant indoor unit checking: Cooling mode
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
OFF
5) Instant indoor unit checking: Heating mode
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
OFF
Setting before applying the power
When the total pipe length is extremely long, use capacity up mode.
data address
With dip switch setting as left side, push address(red) button
3 times in 3 sec.
With data button, select the indoor unit that you want to turn on/off. Push address button for
3 sec, and the indoor unit will be turned on/off.
After using, restore the dip switch setting.
data address
6) Instant indoor unit checking: Restoring
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
OFF data address
If you set the dip switch #1 and
#2 off during the instant indoor checking mode, the mode is ended. After that, restore the dip switch setting.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 235 -
LGE Internal Use Only
HR Unit PCB
7) Forced oil collecting operation
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
OFF
7 8 data
5sec address
With dip switch setting as left side, push data button for 5 sec.
Oil collecting operation is enabled after 10 minutes running of comp.
8) Backup operation 1 : In case of Inverter compressor damaged.
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Setting before applying the power
Set at the unit of the inverter(constant speed comp.1) failure
In case of inverter failure, backup operation is possible when 110k or more indoor units are ON.
9) Backup operation 2 : In case of constant speed compressor damaged.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Set at the unit of the constant speed comp. failure.
ON
OFF
10) Backup operation 3 : In case of both compressors damaged.
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Setting before applying the power
Set at the disabled unit.
11) Select Auto pipe Detection mode
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
When outdoor temperature is below 15
°
C
When outdoor temperature is over 15
°
C
12) Manual Pipe Detection : Matching HR UNIT Valve and Indoor Unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
OFF
After turn no6 s/w on ,Reset PCB power
After finish Manual Pipe Detection,
Must turn off no6 s/w
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 236 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Main unit and Sub unit PCB
2. Settings of sub outdoor unit
1) The sequence of sub unit : 1 st
sub unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
OFF
2) The sequence of sub unit : 2 nd
sub unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
OFF
3) The sequence of sub unit : 3 rd
sub unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
OFF
At the 1 st
sub unit, set dip switch as the left side.
Setting before applying the power.
At the 2 nd
sub unit, set dip switch as the left side.
Setting before applying the power.
At the 3 rd
sub unit, set dip switch as the left side.
Setting before applying the power.
4) Backup operation 1 : in case of constant speed compressor 1 damaged
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Setting before applying the power
Set at the unit of the inverter(constant speed comp.1) failure
In case of inverter failure, backup operation is possible when 110k or more indoor units are ON.
5) Backup operation 2 : in case of constant speed compressor 2 damaged
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Setting before applying the power
Set at the unit of the constant speed comp.2 failure.
6) Backup operation 3 : in case of both compressors damaged
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Setting before applying the power
Set at the disabled unit.
ON
OFF
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 237 -
LGE Internal Use Only
HR Unit PCB
Installation of Simple Central Controller
Confirm the power of whole system(outdoor unit and indoor/HR units) is OFF, otherwise turn off.
The transmission lines connected to C, D of simple central controller should be connected to C,D terminal port for central control of outdoor unit with care for their polarity (C
➔
C, D
➔
D)
Both the DC power (Vcc) and the GND connect the simple central controller according to the polarity of Vcc terminal and GND.
Turn the whole system on.
Set the group and indoor unit number with a wired remote control.
To control several sets of indoor units into a group, set the group ID from 0 to F for this purpose.
Terminal block of outdoor unit
Indoor unit Outdoor unit Central controller
A B E F C D Vcc GND
GND
C
D
Vcc
Simple central controller
Group recognition of the simple central controller
No. 0 group (00~0F)
No. 1 group (10~1F)
No. 2 group (20~2F)
No. 3 group (30~3F)
No. 4 group (40~4F)
No. 5 group (50~5F)
No. 6 group (60~6F)
No. 7 group (70~7F)
No. 8 group (80~8F)
No. 9 group (90~9F)
No. A group (A0~AF)
No. B group (B0~BF)
No. C group (C0~CF)
No. D group (D0~DF)
No. E group (E0~EF)
No. F group (F0~FF)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 238 -
LGE Internal Use Only
HR Unit PCB
Group Number Setting of Indoor Units
1. Press Program button and Set/Clr button at the same time for 3 seconds.
2. The current group and the indoor unit numbers are indicated on the "88" of the wired remote control.
3. Set numbers by using the temperature adjust key.
AUTO SWING OPERATION SET TEMP
Room Temp
FAN SPEED
HI
MED
LO
AUTO
JET
SLo
SUB FUNCTION
Heater
Defrost
Filter
Preheat
Humidify
Out door
2ndF
Time ZONE 1 2 3 4
Timer
On Off
Set no. Time
Operation unit Program set
01 03 05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23
Timer Cancel
2ndF
Program Week Holiday
Set/Clr
Hour Min
PLASMA
RESET
4. Press Program button and Set/Clr button at the same time for 3 seconds.
5. If transmit recognition data is received from the indoor unit, it returns to the general operation mode.
WARNING
• Valve address and central control address of its corresponding indoor unit should be set identical in manual addressing.
EX)
HR unit
Valve (04)
Valve (03)
Valve (02)
Valve (01)
Indoor unit (04)
Indoor unit (03)
Indoor unit (02)
Indoor unit (01)
Central control address
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 239 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Test Run
Test Run
Checks Before Test Run
1
Check to see whether there is any refrigerant leakage, and slack of power or transmission cable.
2
Confirm that 500 V megger shows 2.0 M
Ω or more between power supply terminal block and ground.
Do not operate in the case of 2.0 M
Ω or less.
NOTE: Never carry out megaohm check over terminal control board. Otherwise the control board would be broken.
Immediately after mounting the unit or after leaving it turned off for an extended length of time, the resistance of the insulation between the power supply terminal board and the ground may decrease to approx. 2 M
Ω as a result of refrigerant accumulating in the internal compressor.
If the insulation resistance is less than 2 M
Ω
, turning on the main power supply and energizing the crankcase heater for more than 6 hours will cause the refrigerant to evaporate, increasing the insulation resistance.
3
Check if Liquid pipe, High Pressure Gas, Low Pressure Gas are fully opened
NOTE: Be sure to tighten caps.
4
Check if there are any problems in automatic addressing or not:
Check and confirm that there are no error messages in the display of indoor units or remote controls and LED in outdoor units.
CAUTION
• Before operating the Unit, main power to be supplied for 6 hours.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 240 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Replacement procedure for
Compressor(ARUB808T1 TO ARUB4008T1)
1. Replacement procedure for Compressor...............................242
1.1 Replacement procedure .......................................................244
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 241 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Replacement procedure for Compressor(ARUB808T1-ARUB4008T1)
Replacement procedure for Compressor(ARUB808T1-ARUB4008T1)
1) Collect the refrigerant by using refrigerant recovery unit
(Since the setting on outdoor unit PCB is required for refrigerant recovery, refer to the warming plate
"Precautions in service work "attached on the switch box cover)
2) Remove the sound insulator mat covering the faulty compressor, and disconnect the power
3) Disconnect the brazing sections of suction pipe and discharge pipe by using brazing torch after the refrigerant has been collected completely.
4) Remove equalizing pipe nut.
5) Remove three bolts at cushion rubber section to take out the faulty compressor outside the unit.
6) Install the new compressor in the unit.(Be sure to insert the cushion rubbers before tightening the fixing bolts of compressor.)
7) Remove the rubber caps put on the suction and discharge pipe of the new compressor to release.the sealing nitrogen gas.(Take note that oil may spout due to the pipe inside pressure if the plug put on the equalizing seat is removed before removing of rubber cap.)
8) Fasten equalizing pipe with nut.(14 ~ 18N.m)
9) Braze the suction and discharge pipe with brazing torch to the compressor.
Discharge pipe
Suction pipe
Oil Return pipe
Equalizing seat outlet
Cut section
10) Conduct air tight test to check the piping system is free from leakage.
11) Connect power cable to the terminal board of compressor and cover the compressor with sound insulator mat.
12) Conduct vacuum drying.(Since the setting on out-door unit PCB is required for vacuum drying, refer to the warning plate recautions in service work” attached on the switch box cover.)
13) Charge refrigerant after the completion of vacuum drying, and check the function of compressor with cooling or heating operation.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 242 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Part 6
Trouble shooting guide
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 243 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Trouble Shooting guide
1. The phenomena from main component failure .....................245
2. Checking Method for key components...................................246
3. Selt-diagnosis function............................................................254
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 244 -
LGE Internal Use Only
The phenomena from main component failure
1. The phenomena from main component failure
The phenomena from main component failure
Component
Compressor
Outdoor fan
Outdoor
EEV
Phenomenon Cause Check method and Trouble shooting
Not operating
Stop during running
Motor insulation broken
Motor insulation failure
Check resistance between terminals and chassis
Check resistance between terminals and chassis
High pressure error at cooling
Motor failure, bad ventilation around outdoor heat exchanger
Check the outdoor fan operation after being turned the outdoor units off for some time.
Remove obstacles around the outdoor units
Bad connector contact Check connector Heating failure, frequent defrosting
No operating sound at applying power
Heating failure, frozen outdoor heat exchanger part
Coil failure
EEV clogged
Low pressure error or discharge temperature error
EEV clogged
Check resistance between terminals
Service necessary
Service necessary
When system fault occurs, the error code is displayed at indoor unit display or remote control display, the trouble shooting guide is in the service manual
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 245 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Checking Method for Key Components
2. Checking Method for Key Components
2.1 Compressor
Check and ensure in following order when error related with the compressor or error related with power occurs during operation:
No.
1
Checking Item
Is how long power on during operation?
Symptom
1) Power on for 6 hours or more
Countermeasure
* Go to No.2.
2) Power on for 6 hours or less * Go to No.2 after applying power for designated time (12 hours).
* Check IPM may fail.
2
Does failure appears again when starting operation?
1) The compressor stops andsame error appears again.
Method to measure insulation resistance
Comp.
pipe
Motor
2) If output voltage of the inverter is stably output. *1
Ω
* Check coil resistor and insulation resistor. If normal, restart the unit. If same symptom occurs, replace the compressor.
* Insulation resistor: 2MW or more
Coil resistor: U-V: 1.16±7%
Ω
V-W: 1.19±7%
Ω
W-U: 1.21±7%
Ω
Figure 1.
Method to measure coil resistance
Comp.
U
Motor
Ω
V W
3) If output voltage of the inverter is unstable or it is 0V.
(When incapable of using a digital tester)
* Check the IPM.
If the IPM is normal, replace the inverter board.
* Check coil resistor and insulation resistor.
Figure 2.
[Cautions when measuring voltage and current of inverter power circuit]
Measuring values may differ depending on measuring tools and measuring circuits since voltage, current in the power supply or output side of the inverter has no since waveform.
Especially, output voltage changes when output voltage of the inverter has a pattern of pulse wave.
In addition, measuring values appear largely differently depending on measuring tools.
1) If using a movable tester when checking that output voltage of the inverter is constant (when comparing relative voltage between lines), always use an analog tester. Especially exercise particular caution if the output frequency of the inverter is low, when using a movable tester, where change of measured voltage values is large between other lines, when virtually same values appear actually or where there is danger to determine that failure of the inverter occurred.
2) You can use rectification voltmeter ( ) if using commercial frequency tester when measuring output values of the inverter (when measuring absolute values). Accurate measuring values cannot be obtained with a general movable tester (For analog and digital mode).
- 246 -
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
LGE Internal Use Only
Checking Method for Key Components
2.2 Fan Motor
Checking Item
(1) The fan motor does not operate.
Does failure appears again when starting operation?
(2) Vibration of the fan motor is large.
Symptom
1) When power supply is abnormal
2) For wrong wiring
3) For failure of motor
4) For defective fuse
5) For failure of circuit board
Countermeasure
* Modify connection status in front of or at the rear of the breaker, or if the power terminal console is at frosting condition.
* Modify the power supply voltage is beyond specified scope.
* For following wiring.
1. Check connection status.
2. Check contact of the connector.
3. Check that parts are firmly secured by tightening screws.
4. Check connection of polarity.
5. Check short circuit and grounding.
* Measure winding resistance of the motor coils.
Main outdoor unit: INV [19.0±7%
Ω
(75˚C)]
Sub outdoor unit: Main [22.8±7%
Ω
(75˚C)]
R1 [34.8±7%
Ω
(75˚C)]
R2 [3.7±7%
Ω
(75˚C)]
* Replace the fuse if there is defect (Fuse 800V
30A).
Replace the circuit board in following procedures if problems occur again when powering on and if there are no matters equivalent to items as specified in above 1) through 4).
(Carefully check both connector and grounding wires when replacing the circuit board.)
1. Replace only fan control boards.
If starting is done, it means that the fan control board has defect.
2. Replace both fan control board and the main board.
If starting is done, it means that the main board has defect.
3. If problems continue to occur even after countermeasure of No.1 and No.2, it means that both boards has defect.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 247 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Checking Method for Key Components
2.3 Electronic Expansion Valve
DC 12V Driving circuit
EEV
1
M
4
6
2
3
ø5
ø4
ø3
ø2
ø1
Red
White
Yellow
Orange
Blue
5
4
3
2
1
ø4
ø3
ø2
ø1
• Pulse signal output value and valve operation
Output(ø) No.
ø1
1
ON
2
OFF
3
Output state
4
OFF OFF
5
OFF
6
OFF
ø2
ø3
ø4
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF
ON ON
7
ON
8
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF
• Output pulse sequence
- In valve close state: 1
→
2
→
3
→
4
→
5
→
6
→
7
→
8
→
1
- In valve open state: 8
→
7
→
6
→
5
→
4
→
3
→
2
→
1
→
8
* 1. If EEV open angle is not change, all of output phase will be OFF
2. If output phase is different or continuously in the ON state, motor will not operate smoothly and start vibrating.
• EEV valve operation
Valve open
Angle close open
Full open
1350 pulses
- At power ON, open angle signal of 1400 pulses output and valve position is set to
If valve is operated smoothly, no noise and vibration is occurred and if valve is closed. noise occurs.
- If you contact screw driver to EEV, and contact your ear to driver hand grip. you can confirm the noise from EEV.
- If liquid refrigerant is in EEV, the noise is lower.
pulse
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 248 -
LGE Internal Use Only
• EEV Coil and body(Outdoor unit)
Coil part
Lead wire
Checking Method for Key Components
Body
• Remove and assemble the coil
Remove Assemble
• Grip the A part tightly, and pull up coil part upward.
When the coil part is removed or assembled, be careful not to bend the pipe of the body.
A part
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 249 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Checking Method for Key Components
• EEV failure check method
Failure mode
Microcomputer
Driving circuit failure
Diagnosis
1.Disconnect the EEV connector form control board and
connect testing LED
Repair process Unit
Check and replace
Indoor unit control board
Indoor unit
EEV locking
1K LED
2. Main power ON, pulse signal is out from EEV for 17 sec.
If LEDs do not turn on, or are in on state continuously,
then driving circuit is abnormal
1.If EEV is locked, in no load state, the driving motor rotate,
and clicking sound always occurs
Replace EEV
EEV Motor coil short or misconnection
Full closing
(valve leakage)
1. Check the resistance between coil terminal
(red-white, red-yellow, red-orange, red-blue)
2. If the estimated resistance value is in 52
±
3
Ω
then the EEV is normal
1. Check the resistance between coil terminal
(brown-white, brown-yellow, brown-orange, brown-blue)
2. If the estimated resistance value is in 150
±
10
Ω
then the EEV is normal
1. Operate indoor unit with FAN mode and operate another
indoor unit with COOLING mode
2. Check indoor unit(FAN mode) liquid pipe temperature
(from operation monitor of outdoor unit control board)
3. When fan rotate and EEV is fully closed, if there is any
leakage, then the temperature is down
If estimated temperature is very low in comparison with
suction temperature which is displayed at remote
controller then the valve is not fully closed
Replace EEV
Replace EEV
If the amount of leakage is much,
Replace EEV
Indoor
/ Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 250 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Checking Method for Key Components
2.4 3Phase Bridge Diode
Internal circuit diagram
+
~
(U)
~
(V)
~
(W)
Appearance
-
+
~
(U)
~
(V)
~
(W)
-
1. Unplug the + terminal of electrolytic capacitor from the + terminal of
3phase bridge diode
2. Set the multi meter to resistance mode
Check and estimate the resistance between each pair of terminal (+, -),
(+, ~(U)), (+, ~(V)), (+, ~(W)), (~(U), -), (~(V), -), (~(W), -),
the estimated value should be large enough to Mega Ohm unit.
3. Set the multi meter to diode mode, and estimate between each pair of
terminal (~(U), +), (~(V), +), (~(W), +), (-, ~(U)), (-, ~(V)), (-, ~(W)),
the estimated value should be stable and be in between 0 to 1.
(ex: 0.35, 0.46 etc.)
If one of the above articles is not satisfied, bridge diode must be inferior and to be replaced
Caution
In case that the control box is opened and before checking electrical parts, it should be checked that the LED 01Y (in inverter board, refer to page 172) turned off
(wait 3 minutes after main power OFF), otherwise it may cause electrical shock.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 251 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Checking Method for Key Components
2.5 IPM(Integrated Power Module)
Internal circuit diagram
P
3
U
16
7
V
17
W
11
18
Appearance
1
P
N
W
Array of IPM Pin
V U
19
N
1. Unplug the +, – terminal of electrolytic capacitor from the P and N terminal of
IPM
2. Set the multi meter to resistance mode
Check and estimate the resistance between each pair of terminal
(P, N), (P, U), (P, V), (P, W), (U, N), (V, N), (W, N),
the estimated value should be large enough to Mega Ohm unit.
3. Set the multi meter to resistance mode
Check and estimate the resistance between each pair of terminal
(3, U), (7, V), (11, W), (16, N), (17, N), (18, N),
the estimated value should be large enough to Mega Ohm unit.
the check point is inside of the screw hole
(U, V, W, N),
if check points are plate face of the terminal, then estimated values are gate resistance.
4. Set the multi meter to diode mode, and estimate between each pair of terminal
(U, P), (V, P), (W, P), (N, U), (N, V), (N, W),
the estimated value should be stable and be in between 0 to 1. (ex: 0.35, 0.46 etc.)
If one of the above articles is not satisfied,
IPM must be inferior and is to be replaced
Caution
In case that the control box is opened and before checking electrical parts, it should be checked that the LED 01Y (in inverter board, refer to page 172) turned off
(wait 3 minutes after main power OFF), otherwise it may cause electrical shock.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 252 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Checking Method for Key Components
2.6 Other
1) Disconnect an terminal of voltage distribution resistor from each DC link
electrolytic capacitor
2) Set the multi meter to resistance mode, connect the probe to +,- terminal
of the capacitor. If the estimated resistance value is increase
continuously without short(value is 0), then the resistor is normal
3) Set the multi meter to resistance mode, confirm that the resistance value
of the resistor is around 270 kOhm
Check and replace inferior components
Caution
In case that the control box is opened and before checking electrical parts, it should be checked that the LED 01Y turned off (wait 3 minutes after main power
OFF), otherwise it may cause electrical shock.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 253 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Self-diagnosis function
3. Self-diagnosis function
Self-Diagnosis Function
Error Indicator
• This function indicates types of failure in self-diagnosis and occurrence of failure for air condition.
• Error mark is displayed on display window of indoor units and wired remote controller, and 7-segment LED of outdoor unit control board as shown in the table.
• If more than two troubles occur simultaneously, lower number of error code is first displayed.
• After error occurrence, if error is released, error LED is also released simultaneously.
0
Display
1
0 2
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
4
5
6
7
9
Title
Air temperature sensor of indoor unit
Cause of Error
Air temperature sensor of indoor unit is open or short
Inlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit Inlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit is open or short
Transmission error : wired remote controller
↔ indoor unit
Failing to receive wired remote controller signal at indoor unit PCB
Malfunction of drain pump
Failing to receive outdoor unit signal at indoor unit PCB
Drain pump
Transmission error : outdoor unit
↔ indoor unit
Outlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit
Different operation mode
Outlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit is open or short
Operation mode between indoor unit and outdoor unit is different
Serial No.
In the case that the serial number marked on
EEPROM of Indoor unit is 0 or FFFFFF
1 0
Poor fan motor operation
Disconnecting the fan motor connector/Failure or indoor fan motor lock
1
2
2
1
1
2
Transmission error: indoor unit
→ main PCB of outdoor.
DC peak
Overcurrent of inverter comp.
When the addressing signal doesn't come out for 3mins. suddenly, while the indoor unit gets the calling signal coming from the outdoor unit,
IPM fault or overcurrent to compressor
Overcurrent flows to inverter compressor
2
2
3
4
Poor voltage charge for driving
INV compressor
High pressure switch of main outdoor unit
Low/Over voltage
DC charging is not performed after starting relay turn on
System is off by high pressure switch
2
5
Input voltage is out of tolerable range.
3
3
3
3
2
3
4
5
Discharge temperature of main outdoor unit (INV compressor)
Discharge temperature of main outdoor unit (constant speed compressor)
System is off due to rising of INV compressor discharge temperature
System is off due to rising of constant speed compressor discharge temperature
High pressure of main outdoor unit System is off by excessive increase of high pressure of main outdoor unit
Low pressure of main outdoor unit System is off by excessive decrease of low pressure of main outdoor unit
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 254 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Self-diagnosis function
4
Display
0
4 1
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Title
Current sensor of inverter compressor
Discharge temperature sensor of inverter compressor
Low pressure sensor of main outdoor unit
High pressure sensor of main outdoor unit
Air temperature sensor of main outdoor unit
Temperature sensor of front-side heat exchanger
Suction temperature sensor of main outdoor unit
Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor of main outdoor unit
Temperature sensor of rear-side heat exchanger
Cause of Error
Current sensor of inverter compressor is open or short
Discharge temperature sensor of inverter compressor is open or short
Low pressure sensor of main outdoor unit is open or short
High pressure sensor of main outdoor unit is open or short
Air temperature sensor of main outdoor unit is open or short
Temperature sensor of front-side heat exchanger is open or short
Suction temperature sensor of main outdoor unit is open or short
Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor of main outdoor unit is open or short
Temperature sensor of rear-side heat exchanger is open or short
5
Excessive connection of indoor units compared to capacity of outdoor unit
Failing to receive inverter signal at main PCB
5
5
5
5
6
1
Excessive capacity of indoor units
2
3
4
7
2
Transmission error : inverter PCB
➡ main PCB
Transmission error : indoor unit
➡ main PCB of outdoor unit
Reverse connection of R, S, T power of main outdoor unit
Transmission error : main PCB
➡ inverter PCB
Overheat of inverter heatsink
Failing to receive indoor unit signal at main PCB of outdoor unit
Reverse connection or omitting connection of R, S, T power of main outdoor unit
Failing to receive main PCB signal at inverter PCB
Overheat of inverter heatsink
6 5
Temperature sensor of fan
Temperature sensor of fan is open or short
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 255 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Self-diagnosis function
1
1
1
1
Display
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
3
1 0 4
1 0 5
1 0 6
1 0 7
1 0 8
1 0 9
1 1 0
1 1 1
1 1 3
1 1 4
1 1 5
1 1 6
1 1 7
1 1 8
1 2 0
1 2 1
1 2 2
1 2 3
Title
Discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 1 of sub1 outdoor unit
Discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 2 of sub1 outdoor unit
Discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 1 of sub2 outdoor unit
Discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 2 of sub2 outdoor unit
Transmission error : sub1 outdoor unit
➡ main outdoor unit
Transmission error : fan PCB
➡ main
PCB
Over-current of fan motor (IPM fault)
Low voltage of fan motor driver
Transmission error : main PCB
➡ fan
PCB
High pressure switch of sub1 outdoor unit
Reverse connection of R, S, T power of sub1 outdoor unit
Transmission error : main outdoor unit
➡ sub1 outdoor unit
High pressure switch of sub1 outdoor unit is operated by high pressure rising
Reverse connection or omitting connection of R, S, T power of sub1 outdoor unit
Failing to receive main signal at main PCB of sub1 outdoor unit
Cause of Error
System is off by excessive increase of discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 1 of sub1 outdoor unit
System is off by excessive increase of discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 2 of sub1 outdoor unit
System is off by excessive increase of discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 1 of sub2 outdoor unit
System is off by excessive increase of discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 2 of sub2 outdoor unit
Failing to receive sub1 signal at main PCB of main outdoor unit
Failing to receive fan signal at main PCB
Over-current of fan motor (IPM fault)
Low voltage of fan motor driver
Failing to receive main signal at fan PCB
Liquid pipe temperature sensor of main outdoor unit
Subcooling inlet temperature sensor of main outdoor unit
Subcooling outlet temperature sensor of main outdoor unit
High pressure sensor of sub1 outdoor unit
Low pressure sensor of sub1 outdoor unit
Air temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit
Suction temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit
Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 1 of sub1 outdoor unit
Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 2 of sub1 outdoor unit
Temperature sensor of front-side heat exchanger of sub1 outdoor unit
Liquid pipe temperature sensor of main outdoor unit is open or short
Subcooling inlet temperature sensor of main outdoor unit is open or short
Subcooling outlet temperature sensor of main outdoor unit is open or short
High pressure sensor of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short
Low pressure sensor of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short
Air temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short
Suction temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short
Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 1 of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short
Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 2 of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short
Temperature sensor of front-side heat exchanger of sub1 unit is open or short
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 256 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Self-diagnosis function
Display
1 2 4
1 2 5
1 2 6
1 2 7
1 2 8
1 2 9
1 3 0
1 3 2
1 3 3
1 3 4
1 3 5
1 3 6
1 3 7
1 3 8
1 3 9
1 4 0
1 4 1
1 4 2
1 4 3
1 4 4
1 4 5
1 4 6
1 4 7
Title
Temperature sensor of rear-side heat exchanger of sub1 outdoor unit
Cause of Error
Temperature sensor of rear-side heat exchanger of sub1 unit is open or short
Liquid pipe temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit
Subcooling inlet temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit
Subcooling outlet temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit
High pressure sensor of sub2 outdoor unit
Liquid pipe temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short
Subcooling inlet temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short
Subcooling outlet temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short
High pressure sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short
Low pressure sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short Low pressure sensor of sub2 outdoor unit
Air temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit
Suction temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit
Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 1 of sub2 outdoor unit
Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 2 of sub2 outdoor unit
Temperature sensor of front-side heat exchanger of sub2 outdoor unit
Temperature sensor of rear-side heat exchanger of sub2 outdoor unit
Air temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short
Suction temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short
Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 1 of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short
Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 2 of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short
Temperature sensor of front-side heat exchanger of sub2 unit is open or short
Temperature sensor of rear-side heat exchanger of sub2 unit is open or short
Liquid pipe temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit
Subcooling inlet temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit
Subcooling outlet temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit
High pressure sensor of sub2 outdoor unit
Liquid pipe temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short
Subcooling inlet temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short
Subcooling outlet temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short
High pressure sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short
Reverse connection of R, S, T power of sub2 outdoor unit
Transmission error : main outdoor unit
➡ sub1 outdoor unit
High pressure of sub1 outdoor unit
Low pressure of sub1 outdoor unit
High pressure of sub2 outdoor unit
Low pressure of sub2 outdoor unit
Low/high voltage of sub1 outdoor unit
Reverse connection or omitting connection of R, S, T power of sub2 outdoor unit
Failing to receive main signal at main PCB of sub2 outdoor unit
System is off by excessive increase of high pressure of sub1 outdoor unit
System is off by excessive decrease of low pressure of sub1 outdoor unit
System is off by excessive increase of high pressure of sub2 outdoor unit
System is off by excessive decrease of low pressure of sub2 outdoor unit
Input voltage of sub1 outdoor unit is more than 487V or less than 270V
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 257 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Self-diagnosis function
1 4 8
1 4 9
1
1
1 7 3
1 7 4
1 7 5
1 7 6
1 7 7
1 7 8
1 7 9
2 0 0
2 0 1
2 0 2
2 0 3
2
2 0 5
2 0 6
2 0 7
2 0 8
2 0 9
2 1 0
2 1 1
2 1 2
2 1 3
2 1 4
2 1 5
2
2 1 7
2 1 8
2 1 9
2
Display
0
1
2
4
6
0
2 2 1
2 2 2
2 2 3
2
2
5
5
2
2
0
1
4
5
Title
Voltage detection circuit of sub1 outdoor unit
Low/high voltage of sub2 outdoor unit
Cause of Error
Voltage detection circuit of sub1 outdoor unit is out of order
Voltage detection circuit of sub2 outdoor unit
Failure of operation mode conversion
Failure of Main constant speed compressor operation
Failure of Sub1 constant speed compressor1 operation
Failure of Sub1 constant speed compressor2 operation
Failure of Sub2 constant speed compressor1 operation
Failure of Sub2 constant speed compressor2 operation
Failure of Sub3 constant speed compressor1 operation
Failure of Sub3 constant speed compressor2 operation
Automatic addressing of valves
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 1
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 1
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 1
Transmission error : HR unit 1
→ outdoor unit
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 2
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 2
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 2
Transmission error : HR unit 2
→ outdoor unit
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 3
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 3
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 3
Transmission error : HR unit 3
→ outdoor unit
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 4
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 4
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 4
Transmission error : HR unit 4
→ outdoor unit
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 5
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 5
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 5
Transmission error: HR unit 5
→ outdoor unit
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 6
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 6
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 6
Transmission error: HR unit 6
→ outdoor unit
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 7
Input voltage of sub2 outdoor unit is more than 487V or less than 270V
Voltage detection circuit of sub2 outdoor unit is out of order
Pressure unbalance between outdoor units
Comp locking, Check Valve leakage, comp dielectric breakdown
Comp locking, Check Valve leakage, comp dielectric breakdown
Comp locking, Check Valve leakage, comp dielectric breakdown
Comp locking, Check Valve leakage, comp dielectric breakdown
Comp locking, Check Valve leakage, comp dielectric breakdown
Comp locking, Check Valve leakage, comp dielectric breakdown
Comp locking, Check Valve leakage, comp dielectric breakdown
Failure of automatic addressing of valves
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 1 is open or short
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 1 is open or short
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 1 is open or short
Failing to receive HR unit 1 signal at outdoor unit
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 2 is open or short
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 2 is open or short
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 2 is open or short
Failing to receive HR unit 2 signal at outdoor unit
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 3 is open or short
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 3 is open or short
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 3 is open or short
Failing to receive HR unit 3 signal at outdoor unit
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 4 is open or short
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 4 is open or short
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 4 is open or short
Failing to receive HR unit 4 signal at outdoor unit
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 5 is open or short
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 5 is open or short
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 5 is open or short
Failling to receive HR unit 5 signal at outdoor unit
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 6 is open or short
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 6 is open or short
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 6 is open or short
Failling to receive HR unit 6 signal at outdoor unit
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 7 is open or short
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 258 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Self-diagnosis function
Display
2 2 6
2 2 7
2 2 8
2 2 9
2 3 0
2 3 1
Title
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 7
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 7
Transmission error: HR unit 7
→ outdoor unit
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 8
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 8
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 8
Cause of Error
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 7 is open or short
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 7 is open or short
Failling to receive HR unit 7 signal at outdoor unit
Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 8 is open or short
Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 8 is open or short
Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 8 is open or short
■
Please refer to trouble shooting guide in service manual for each error title
CAUTION
In case that the control box is opened and before checking electrical parts, it should be checked that the LED 01Y turned off (wait 3 minutes after main power OFF), otherwise, it may cause electrical shock.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 259 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
01 Indoor unit air sensor error
02 Indoor unit pipe inlet sensor error
06 Indoor unit pipe outlet sensor error
Indoor unit sensor is open/short
1. Indoor unit PCB wrong connection
2. Indoor unit PCB failure
3. Sensor problem (main reason)
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is sensor properly connected to PCB?
Yes
Is the resistance value of sensor normal?*
Yes
Change the PCB
No
No
Connect properly to PCB
Change the sensor
** In case the value is more than 100k
Ω
(open) or less than 100
Ω
(short), Error occurs
Refer: Resistance value maybe change according to temperature of temp sensor,
It shows according to criteria of current temperature(±5% margin)
➔
Normal
Air temp sensor: 10°C = 20.7k
Ω
: 25°C= 10k
Ω
: 50°C= 3.4k
Ω
Pipe temp sensor: 10°C = 10k
Ω
: 25°C= 5k
Ω
: 50°C= 1.8k
Ω
CN-ROOM :
Indoor air temp sensor
CN-PIPE2 :
Pipe outlet temp sensor
CN-PIPE1 :
Pipe inlet temp sensor
Measure the resistance of outlet pipe temp sensor.
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 260 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
03 No transmission between cabled remote controller & indoor unit
The remote controller did not receive the signal from indoor unit during specific time
1. Remote controller fault
2. Indoor unit PCB fault
3. Connector fault, Wrong connection
4. transmission cable problem
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Does the error happens again if the remote controller is replaced?*
Yes
No
Replace cabled remote
controller
Does the error occurred when the cable of remote controller is replaced?
Yes
No
Check connection & transmission cable **
Replace indoor unit PCB ***
* If there is no remote controller to replace : Use another unit’s remote controller doing well
** Check cable : Contact failure of connected portion or extension of cable are main cause
Check any surrounded noise ( check the distance with main power cable)
➔ make safe distance from the devices generate electromagnetic wave
*** After replacing indoor unit PCB, do Auto Addressing & input unit’s address if connected to central controller.
(All the indoor units connected should be turned on before Auto Addressing
CN-REMO
: Remote controller connection
❇
The PCB can differ from model to model.
Check from the right source.
Checking transmission cable connection status
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 261 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
04 Drain pump error
Float switch is open due to rising of condensate water level because of drain pump fault or drain pipe clogging
1. Drain pump/float switch fault
2. Improper drain pipe location, clogging of drain pipe
3. Indoor unit PCB fault
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is the drain pan filled half with condensate water? (half level of float switch)*
Yes
No
Replace float switch
Is drain pump working?
(Sound/drain noise/ contact etc.)
Yes
No
Is Float switch short
On measuring its resistance?
Yes
Replace Indoor PCB or reconnect the connector
No
In indoor unit PCB
Does the terminal voltage for drain pump has
220V output?**
Yes
No
Replace Drain Pump
Replace indoor unit PCB
Drain pump blocked by foreign particles?
Yes
No
Check the drain head height and slope***
Checking float switch
(Low position ➠ short 0 o
Remove it & clean the pump
* If the float goes up higher than a half of float switch then the circuit is open & the unit is stopped automatically.
float
(High position
➠
Open)
Condensate water
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 262 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
float
A:Point to check rotating
*** Indoor PCB drain pump connector
(Check input of 220V)
(Marked as
CN-DPUMP)
Float switch connector
Float switch Housing (
CN-FLOAT
)
[***] Standard of drain pipe head height / slope
MAX 450
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 263 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
05
Indoor & Outdoor unit transmission error
No signal transmission between indoor & outdoor units.
1. Auto addressing is not done
2. transmission cable is not connected
3. Short circuit of transmission cable
4. Indoor unit transmission circuit fault
5. Outdoor unit transmission circuit fault
6. Not enough distance between power and transmission cable?
7. Is the fuse for main PCB power of outdoor unit burnt out?
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
No
Is total number of indoor units connected displayed after auto addressing?
No
Replace the PCB of indoor unit displayed error
Does all indoor show this error code CH05?
Re-connect after check the transmission cable of indoor unit displayed error**
Yes
END
Is outdoor PCB LED flickering?
No Is not the power supplied at main terminal block of outdoor unit ?
No
Replace outdoor PCB after checking
Replace TRANS after checking
Yes
Yes
Replace main PCB fuse after checking
Is main circuit breaker off?
No
Check the insulation of inverter
/ constant compressor and then replace it
Yes
Replace after capacity of main circuit breaker?
Bad connection of power supply cable
If nothing goes wrong,
Turn on main circuit breaker
Main power supply problem
Check if the transmission cable is properly connected to indoor / outdoor terminal block?*
No
Re connect transmission cable
Outdoor PCB fault
Replace after checking
Yes
Indoor PCB fault
Replace after checking
* If the DC voltage between transmission terminal A, B
of outdoor unit is fluctuate within (-9V~+9V) then
transmission from indoor unit is normal
* If the DC voltage between transmission terminal A, B
of indoor unit is fluctuate within (-9V~+9V) then
transmission from outdoor unit is normal
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 264 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point
06
Indoor unit outlet pipe temperature sensor error
Indoor unit outlet pipe temperature sensor open or short
Refer to CH02
Main Reasons
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
07
All Indoor units are not running in same mode
The Indoor units started later are operated in different mode from earlier one.
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
1. Indoor units are in different mode
2. PCB fault
3. cabled remote controller fault
Is operation mode of outdoor & Indoor units same?
Yes
No
Is error code disappeared after set operation mode same?**
Yes
END
No
Replace Indoor PCB***
Adjust outdoor main PCB dip switch setting *
* Outdoor main PCB dip switch no.5 (Cooling) or no.6 (heating) is in On, different mode operation error may be occurred because the operation mode is fixed by dip switch setting.
** Dissolution method CH07 with remote controller
1) Error removal method : Turn off remote controller by pressing the On/Off button on the cabled remote controller.
The error code will be removed automatically after a few seconds.
With cableless remote controller: Turn off indoor unit, and turn on with the other operation mode the error will disappeared
2) Immediately change the operation mode after the pressing the On/Off button .
The same operation mode as in the indoor unit started at first other than the defective unit mode (heating /cooling)
*** After replacing the indoor unit PCB, it should be done to do Auto addressing and input the address of central control
Error
No.
Error Type
09
Indoor unit EEPROM error
Error Point Main Reasons
Problem in EEPROM inside Indoor PCB ASS’Y
EEPROM
1. Error developed in transmission between the micro- processor and the EEPROM on the surface of the PCB.
2. ERROR due to the EEPROM damage
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
- Replace the indoor unit PCB, and then make sure to do Auto addressing and input the address of central control
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 265 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point
10
Indoor unit BLDC fan motor failure
Indoor BLDC fan motor feedback signal is absent
(for 50 sec.)
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is connector connection proper?
Yes
No
Connect properly
Main Reasons
1. Motor connector connection fault
2. Indoor PCB fault
3. Motor fault
Is fan motor normal?*
Yes
Replace indoor unit PCB **
No
Replace indoor unit fan motor
* It is normal when check hall sensor of indoor fan motor as shown below
1 4 5 6 7
Each termainl with the tester
Tester
+
1
5
6
7
-
4
4
4
4
Normal resistance(
±
10%)
TH chassis TD chassis
∞ ∞ hundreds k
Ω hundreds k
Ω
∞ ∞ hundreds k
Ω hundreds k
Ω
<Checking connection state of fan motor connector>
** Replace the indoor unit PCB, and then make sure to do Auto addressing and input the
address of central control
(Notice: The connection of motor connector to PCB should be done under no power
supplying to PCB)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 266 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
11
Indoor unit transmission error
Indoor unit doesn’t get signal from ODU for 3 minutes continuously
1. Indoor 485 transmission PCB fault
2. After PCB replacing, auto addressing was not done
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
After ODU main PCB reset, error code disappears?
Yes
No
After Auto addressing, error code disappears?
No
Yes
Replace indoor unit 485 transmission PCB
END
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 267 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
21 IPM fault of inverter compressor
Defective inverter compressor, Inverter element
(IPM) defect
1. Over current detection at the inverter compressor (U,V.W)
2. IPM overheating.
3. Insulation damage of the compressor / compressor motor damage
4. Low input voltage at the outdoor
5. Inverter compressor terminal disconnected or loose.
6. Inverter PCB / IPM PCB defect
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Are the resistance between each phase and insulation resistance of Inverter compressor normal ?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
Is inverter PCB of inverter compressor normal?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
Is IPM normal?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
Is capacitor normal?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
Is IPM SUB PCB normal? *
Yes
Is compressor lead cable connection normal?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
Does cooling fan of heat sink rotate normally?
Yes
Is magnetic switch
Normal?
Yes
Check main power and installation condition
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Replace inverter compressor
Replace inverter compressor PCB
Replace IPM
Replace capacitor
Replace IPM SUB PCB
Check / repair the connection
Replace radiation cooling fan
Replace Magnetic switch
* Check the soldering state
of IPM SUB PCB
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 268 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type
No
Error Point
Check input voltage & adjust
Main Reasons
22 Over current of inverter compressor
The current flowing at the
CT sensing circuit is more than the allowable maximum value of the current during cooling mode
1. Compressor damage
2. Current sensing sensor (CT) damage
3. Low input voltage
4. Compressor terminal is disconnected or loose
5. Abnormality at the outdoor / indoor unit fan
7. Cover or clogging(Outdoor unit covering during cooling mode/ Filter clogged at the indoor during heating mode )
8. Defective inverter PCB/IPM PCB
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Are the resistance between each phase and insulation resistance of Inverter compressor normal ?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
No
Replace INV COMP
No
Is fuse normal?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
Is noise filter normal?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
No
Replace FUSE
Replace Noise Filter
Is input voltage of power supply normal? (Over 360V)
[refer electric component part]
Yes
Check whether the current measured at the R phase line passing through CT during operation is above 18A after reset?*
Yes
DC Link voltage is more than 460 V?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
No
No
Is it working normally
with 5~15A of CT current ?
Is CH 22 occurred?
Yes
Replace inverter compressor PCB
Capacitor/ 3phase Diode check & replace
[refer electric component part]
No
Check over charging of refrigerant or whether the filter is blocked of indoor unit (heating) / outdoor (cooling) or not
* measure the current passing
through CT by clamp meter
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 269 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
23
DC voltage charging for inverter compressor driving defect
Problem in DC charging voltage after starting relay turned on
1. Looseness of DC link terminal
2. Damage in starting relay
3. Capacitor damage
4. Defective sensing circuit of the inverter PCB
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is noise filter and fuse normal?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
No
Replace Noise Filter or Fuse
Is capacitor normal?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
No
Replace Capacitor
Is the voltage of 3 phase diode more than maximum
270V?*
Yes
No
Check whether all the connections and terminals is normal and reconnect
Replace outdoor unit inverter PCB
* After indoor unit turned on and the compressor is not operated,
just before magnetic switch is turned on
the voltage between the 2 terminal as below is more than 270V
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 270 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
24
(Main)
109
(Sub1)
140
(Sub2)
154
(Sub3)
Excessive rise of discharge pressure in outdoor compressor
Compressor off due to the high pressure switch in outdoor unit
1. Defective high pressure switch
2. Defective fan of indoor unit or outdoor unit
3. Check valve of compressor clogged
4. Pipe distortion due to the pipe damage
5. Refrigerant overcharge
6. Defective LEV at the indoor or outdoor unit .
7. Covering or clogging(Outdoor covering during the cooling mode /Indoor unit filter clogging during the heating mode)
8. SVC valve clogging
9. Defective outdoor PCB
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is high pressure switch connector connected
to PCB?*
Yes
No
Is high pressure switch connector short during off time?**
Yes
No
Connect securely
Is high pressure switch terminal short?***
No
Yes
Replace connecting cable
Replace high pressure switch
No
Is SVC valve open?
Yes
Is this error appeared again after reset?
Yes
No
Is high pressure more than 2500kPa at manifold gauge?
Yes
Is high pressure of
LGMV similar as at manifold gauge?
Yes
Check pipe is blocked or not and take measure
No
No
Open SVC valve
Re-check momentary problem or not
Replace PCB
CH24 : inverter compressor PCB
CH109~154 : sub unit PCB
Replace high pressure sensor
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 271 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
* Connector location of high pressure switch at PCB
Inverter compressor PCB SUB outdoor unit PCB
** Checking short or not at connector of high
pressure switch
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 272 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
25(Main)
147(Sub1)
149(Sub2)
Low / over voltage of main
PCB input
171(Sub3)
The power supply input voltage tolerance is more or less than allowable standard
1. Input voltage is abnormal(T-N)
2. Outdoor unit main PCB defect
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is input voltage of main
PCB (T-N) 190V~250V ?*
No
Yes
Replace main PCB
Check input power from building is supplied correctly or not
* Check voltage at outdoor T/Block(220V)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 273 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
32(Main)
Over-increase discharge temperature of inverter compressor at main outdoor unit
Compressor is off because of over-increase discharge temperature of inverter compressor
1. Temperature sensor defect of inverter compressor discharge pipe
2. Refrigerant shortage / leak
3. LEV defect
4. Liquid injection valve defect
33 (Main)
100,101
(Sub1)
102,103
(Sub2)
152,153
(Sub3)
Over-increase discharge temperature of constant compressor at main constant outdoor and sub constant outdoor unit
Compressor is off because of over-increase discharge temperature of constant compressor at main and sub outdoor unit
1. Temperature sensor defect of constant compressor discharge pipe?
2. Refrigerant shortage/leak
3. LEV defect
4. Liquid injection valve defect
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is the amount of refrigerant normal?
[refer refrigerant part]
Yes
No
Is there pipe crack or trace of leakage?
Yes
Weld / reconnect the cracked portion and recharge refrigerant
No
Change the amount of refrigerant
(Charge additive amount)
Is the resistance of discharge temperature sensor normal?*
Yes
No
Replace discharge temperature sensor
* Resistance value of discharge temperature sensor
10
°
C = 362k
Ω
, 25
°
C= 200k
Ω
, 50
°
C= 82k
Ω
, 100
°
C= 18.5k
Ω
Is LEV in outdoor unit normal at heating operation?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
Does liquid injection corresponded operate normally?
Yes
No
No
Replace outdoor unit LEV
Check liquid injection corresponded
Is there pipe
(strainer etc.) clogging?
Yes
No
Check another components and operation conditions
/ Take measures
Replace strainer
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 274 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
34
(Main)
143
(Sub1)
145
(Sub2)
169
(Sub3)
Over-increase of discharge pressure of compressor
Error happens because of 3 times successive compressor off due to overincrease of high pressure by high pressure sensor
1. Defect of high pressure sensor
2. Defect of indoor or outdoor unit fan
3. Deformation because of damage of refrigerant pipe
4. Over-charged refrigerant
5. Defective indoor / outdoor unit LEV
6. When blocked
- Outdoor unit is blocked during cooling
- Indoor unit filter is blocked during heating
7. SVC valve is clogged
8. PCB defect of outdoor unit
10. Indoor unit pipe temperature sensor defect
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
No
Is service valve opened ?
Open service valve
Yes
Are transmission cable / pipe connection normal?
Yes
Is refrigerant amount normal?
[refer refrigerant part]
Yes
No
No
Check and repair transmission cable / pipe connection
Adjust refrigerant amount
Is fan normal?
(Indoor fan during heating
Outdoor fan during cooling)
Yes
Is filter blocked
(Heating:indoor,
Cooling:outdoor
heat exchanger)?
Yes
No
No
Replace related parts
(Refer to Error 105~108)
Clean indoor filter (heating)
/outdoor heat exchanger (cooling)?
Is value of high pressure
sensor same as Manifold value(Is it high actually)?
Yes
No
Check indoor unit LEV
Check indoor unit PCB
Check in/outdoor installation condition
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
Replace sensor of high pressure
- 275 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
35
(Main)
144
(Sub1)
146
(Sub2)
170
(Sub3)
Excessive drop of discharge pressure of compressor
Error happens because of 3 times successive compressor off due to excessive drop of low pressure by the low pressure sensor
1. Defective low pressure sensor
2. Defective outdoor/indoor unit fan
3. Refrigerant shortage/leakage
4. Deformation because of damage of refrigerant pipe
5. Defective indoor / outdoor unit LEV
6. Covering / clogging
(outdoor unit covering during the cooling mode/ indoor unit filter clogging during heating mode)
7. SVC valve clogging
8. Defective outdoor unit PCB
9. Defective indoor unit pipe sensor
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is service valve opened?
Yes
Open service valve
No
Are transmission cable/ piping normal?
Yes check transmission/ piping correction.
Is amount of refrigerant normal?
[refer refrigerant part]
Yes
No
Is there pipe crack or trace of refrigerant leakage?
Yes
Weld / reconnect the cracked portion and recharge refrigerant
No
Check and replace related parts
(error 105~108 reference)
Adjust the amount of refrigerant (Additive charge)
Is fan normal?
(in heating outdoor fan, in cooling indoor fan)
Yes
Is strainer Ok?*
Yes
No
No
Replace the strainer
Are the values of manifold and low pressure sensor same?
( Is the low pressure value actually low?)
No
Replace the pressure sensor
Yes
Check indoor / outdoor unit LEV
Check Indoor unit PCB
Check indoor / outdoor unit installation conditions
* If the temperature difference between inlet and outlet of strainer
is so large that frost or ice formation can be seen or confirmed
then clogging of strainer should be checked
(Notice: it is not full ice forming of strainer, in case that there is
not at inlet portion but at outlet portion)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 276 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
40 Low current at CT
While inverter compressor operation R phase current drops below 2A
1. Fuse failure
2. Defective noise filter
3. R phase connection problem
4. CT sensor failure (inverter PCB failure)ure)
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is the fuse normal?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
No
Replace the fuse
Is noise filter normal?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
No
Replace noise filter
After reset and restart the system, is CT value (R phase current) actually less than 2A?*
Yes
No
Check connection state of
R phase cable and reconnect
Replace Inverter PCB
* Measure the R phase current with clamp meter
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 277 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
41 (Main inverter compressor)
47 (Main constant compressor)
121 (Sub1 constant compressor 1)
122 (Sub1 constant compressor 2)
133 (Sub2 constant compressor 1)
134 (Sub2 constant compressor 2)
162 (Sub3 constant compressor 1)
163 (Sub3 constant compressor 2)
Compressor discharge pipe temperature sensor error
Sensor measurement valve is abnormal
(Open/Short)
1. Defective connection of the compressor discharge pipe temperature sensor
2. Defective discharge pipe compressor sensor of the compressor (open/short)
3. Defective outdoor PCB
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Sensor connection to PCB
is normal?
Yes
No
Insert sensor connector to PCB properly
Is the resistance of sensor normal?*
Yes
No
Is sensor resistance value same as temperature
value of LGMV?
Yes
No
Replace sensor
Replace corresponding outdoor PCB
Replace corresponding sensor
* Error is generated if the resistance is more than 5M
Ω
(open) and less than 2k
Ω
(short)
Note: Standard values of resistance of sensors at different temperatures (
±
5% variation)
10
°
C = 362k
Ω
: 25
°
C= 200k
Ω
: 50
°
C= 82k
Ω
: 100
°
C= 18.5k
Ω
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
Check the resistance inverter compressor discharge temperature sensor
Check the resistance of constant compressor discharge temperature sensor
- 278 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type
42 (Main)
117 (Sub1)
129 (Sub2)
158 (Sub3)
Sensor error of low pressure
43 (Main)
116 (Sub1)
128 (Sub2)
157 (Sub3)
Sensor error of high pressure
Error Point
Abnormal value of sensor
(Open/Short)
Abnormal value of sensor
(Open/Short)
Main Reasons
1. Bad connection of low pressure connector
2. Defect of low pressure connector (Open/Short)
3. Defect of outdoor PCB
1. Bad connection of high pressure connector
2. Defect of high pressure connector (Open/Short)
3. Defect of outdoor PCB
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
No
Is sensor connected
to PCB correctly?
Yes
Connect sensor to PCB correctly
After replacement of outdoor unit main PCB is the system normal?
Yes
No
Replace corresponding pressure sensor
END
High pressure sensor
Low pressure sensor
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 279 -
Pressure sensor connection on main PCB
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
44 (Main)
118 (Sub1)
130 (Sub2)
159 (Sub3)
Sensor error of outdoor air temperature
Abnormal value of sensor (Open/Short)
1. Bad connection of air temperature connector
2. Defect of air temperature connector(Open/Short)
3. Defect of outdoor PCB
45 (Main H/E A)
48 (Main H/E B)
123 (Sub1 H/E A)
124 (Sub1 H/E B)
135 (Sub2 H/E A)
136 (Sub2 H/E B)
164 (Sub3 H/E A)
165 (Sub3 H/E B)
Piping temperature sensor error of heat exchanger in main & sub outdoor unit heat exchanger
(A,B)
Abnormal value of sensor
(Open/Short)
1. Bad connection of air temperature connector
2. Defect of air temperature connector(Open/Short)
3. Defect of outdoor PCB
46 (Main)
120 (Sub1)
132 (Sub2)
161 (Sub3)
Compressor suction temperature sensor error
Abnormal value of sensor (Open/Short)
1. Bad connection of air temperature connector
2. Defect of air temperature connector(Open/Short)
3. Defect of outdoor PCB
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
No
Is sensor connected
to PCB correctly??
Yes
Connect sensor to PCB correctly
Is sensor value correct?*
No
Replace sensor
Yes
Replace corresponding outdoor unit PCB
Error No.
* If value is 100k
Ω ↑
(open) or 100
Ω↓
(short), error occurs
NB: Resistance value of temperature sensor change according to
temperature
It is normal if value shown as below (
±
5% error)
Sensor of air temperature: 10
°
C = 20.7k
Ω
: 25
°
C= 10k
Ω
: 50
°
C= 3.4k
Ω
Sensor of piping temperature: 10
°
C = 10k
Ω
: 25
°
C= 5k
Ω
: 50
°
C= 1.8k
Ω
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
47
(constant compressor of main outdoor unit)
Discharge piping temperature sensor error of constant compressor (Main unit)
Abnormal value of sensor (Open/Short)
48
(Heat exchanger B)
Piping temperature sensor error of heat exchanger in main
& sub outdoor unit heat exchanger (B)
Abnormal value of sensor (Open/Short)
Refer to CH41
Refer to CH45
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 280 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
51
Over-Capacity
(Sum of indoor unit capacity is more than outdoor capacity)
Sum of indoor unit capacity exceed outdoor unit capacity specification
1. 130% more than outdoor unit rated capacity
2. Wrong connection of transmission cable/piping
3. Control error of sub outdoor unit DIP switch
4. Power supply defect of Sub unit PCB
5. Defect of outdoor unit PCB
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is capacity sum of indoor units less than
130% of outdoor unit capacity at LGMV?
Yes
No
Are quantity and capacity of indoor units installed same as the data of LGMV?
Yes
Adjust the capacity of indoor and outdoor unit
No
Check transmission cables between indoor and outdoor units
Is SUB DIP switch
5(SUB1), 6(SUB2)
ON?
Yes
Is power of SUB PCB
On? (Check LED blinking)
Yes
No
No
Adjust corresponding DIP switch
Is main power really supplied?
(Terminal Block T-N)
Yes
Check and replace PCB,
Line Fuse, Transformer
No
Supply main power again
Is transmission cables between outdoor units connected correctly?*
Yes
No
Re-connect
Is error code released in order(Sub2
➠
Sub1
➠
Main) after power reset?
Yes
No
End
* In order to check transmission
cables between outdoor units,
check in order as below
: PCB connectors
➠
terminal block
➠
transmission cables
Replace Main or Sub PCB
1
2
1
2
3
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 281 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
52
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Transmission error between
(Inverter PCB
➔
Main PCB)
Main controller can’t receive signal from inverter controller
1. Power cable or transmission cable is not connected
2. Defect of outdoor Main fuse/Noise Filter
3. Defect of outdoor Main / inverter PCB
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is transmission
LED (Yellow) of inverter compressor
PCB on?
Yes
No
Is noise filter or fuse normal?
Yes
No
Replace noise filter or fuse
Replace inverter compressor PCB
Is transmission cable connected correctly?
Yes
No
Is MAIN PCB normal?
No
Yes
Re-connect transmission cable
Replace MAIN PCB
Replace inverter compressor PCB
* The method of checking MAIN PCB and inverter compressor PCB (If normal, transmission LED blinks)
Transmission connector & LED in MAIN PCB Transmission connector & LED in inverter compressor PCB
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 282 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
53
Transmission error
(Indoor unit
➔
Main PCB)
In case Main PCB can’t receive signal from indoor unit
1. Transmission cables are not connected
2. Transmission cables are short / open
3. Defect of outdoor Main / indoor PCB
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Are quantity of indoor units installed same as the data of LGMV?
Yes
No
Is indoor unit quantity correct after
Auto Addressing?
Yes
End
No
Is power supplied to indoor units?
Yes
No
Supply power
Replace indoor unit PCB or transmission PCB after check defected indoor
In case of CH53, almost happened with CH05, the indoor units not operated actually are normal so check with same method of CH05. and additionally check as shown as below and above flow chart
• Although the quantity of indoor units installed is same as LGMV data there may be a few indoor units with which the number of transmission is not increased with LGMV
• Although the quantity of indoor units installed is not same as LGMV data, and if transmission of the indoor unit displayed at LGMV is done well then the indoor unit suspected to have some problem (and is not appear at
LGMV) may have following problems
➀ wrong connection of transmission cable or power cable
➁ fault of power / PCB / transmission cable
➂ duplication of indoor unit number
• If transmission is not doing well wholly then the Auto Addressing is not done
• The case that CH53 appear at indoor unit also Auto Addressing is not done so indoor unit address may be duplicated
* After replacement of indoor unit PCB, Auto Addressing should be done, if central controller is installed then the central control address also should be input.
In case that only transmission PCB is replaced above process is not needed
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 283 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
54 (Main)
110 (Sub1)
141 (Sub2)
155 (Sub3)
Wrong connection of 3Ø power supply cable
(Reverse direction / missing a phase)
Wrong connection of 3Ø power supply cable
(Reverse direction / missing a phase)
1. Defect of inverter PCB
2. No power of R, S, T supplied
3. Wrong connection of R, S, T cables
4. Main fuse failure
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is connection and phase order of power cables to main / sub outdoor unit correct?*
Yes
No
Connect correctly
Is connection and phase order of power distribution panel correct?**
Yes
No
Connect power cables in distribution panel correctly
Is CH 54 occurred again after reset MAIN circuit breaker?
Yes
Is 3Ø Fuse normal?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
No
No
End
Replace Fuse
Check the diode of inverter
fan PCB and in case of fault replace inverter fan PCB
[refer electric component part]
Is noise filter normal?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
Replace inverter compressor
PCB(CH54),
SUB PCB(CH110,141,155)
No
Replace NOISE FILTER
* Check power cable connection state,
phase (R-S-T) order, power supply state
in control box of product
** Check power cable connection state, phase order, power
supply state in distribution panel
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 284 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
62
Heat sink over heat
Heat sink over heat
1. Defect of heat sink cooling fan
2. Defect of inverter compressor PCB
3. Loose connection of connector of cooling fan
4. Defect of temperature sensor of heat sink
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Does cooling fan rotate while compressor operation?
Yes
No
Is resistance value of cooling fan coil correct?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
No
Replace cooling fan
Replace main PCB
No
Is value of sensor resistance normal?*
Yes
Replace inverter fan PCB
Replace sensor
* Heat sink temperature sensor (
±
5% tolerance) : 10
°
C = 20.0k
Ω
: 25
°
C= 10.0k
Ω
: 50
°
C= 3.5k
Ω
: 85
°
C= 1.0k
Ω
Position of cooling fan drive connector in main PCB
Check DC 12V output during inverter compressor operation
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 285 -
Heat sink cooling fan
Heat sink temperature sensor connection
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
65
Heat sink temperature sensor error of inverter control PCB
Abnormal value of sensor
(Open/Short)
1. Loose connection of temperature sensor connector
2. Defect of temperature sensor (Open/Short)
3. Defect of Fan Main PCB
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
No
Is sensor connected to PCB correctly?
Yes
Connect PCB to sensor
No
Is value of sensor resistance normal?*
Yes
Replace sensor
Replace inverter fan PCB
* If value is 100K
Ω ↑
(open) or 100
Ω ↓
(short), error occurs
NB: Resistance value of temperature sensor change according to temperature
It is normal if value shown as below (±5% error)
Heat sink sensor(±5% tolerance) : 10°C = 20.0K
Ω
: 25°C= 10.0K
Ω
: 50°C= 3.5K
Ω
: 85°C= 1.0K
Ω
Temperature sensor location of Heat sink Measure the resistance of heat sink temperature sensor
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 286 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
100,101 (Sub1)
102,103 (Sub2)
152,153 (Sub3)
Over-increase of constant compressor discharge temperature of Sub outdoor
Compressor is off because of
Over-increase of constant compressor discharge temperature of
Sub outdoor unit
Refer to CH33
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
104 (Main)
111 (Sub1)
142 (Sub2)
156 (Sub3)
Transmission error of outdoor each other
Transmission error of outdoor unit each other
104: Main outdoor unit can’t receive signal from Sub 1
111, 142, 156 : each Sub outdoor unit can’t receive signal from Main outdoor unit
1. Loose connection of power cables
/transmission cables (Open/Short)
2. Defect of each outdoor unit PCB
3. Defect of PCB power fuse / transformer
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Does transmission LED
(Red) of corresponding
Sub PCB blinks? [refer electric component part]
No
Yes
Is PCB input power of transformer, PCB power fuse normal? [refer electric component part]
Yes
No
Check and replace corresponding parts/
Input power
Replace related SUB PCB
Is transmission cables of outdoors connected correctly? [refer electric component part]
Yes
No
Re-connect transmission cables
Replace MAIN PCB
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 287 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
105
Transmission error between outdoor unit Main PCB and fan Main PCB
Transmission error between outdoor Main PCB and fan
Main PCB (Fan
➔ outdoor main)
1. Loose connection of transmission cables
2. Transmission cables are open/sort
3. Defect of outdoor PCB
4. Defect of fan Main PCB
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is transmission LED
(yellow) of inverter fan
PCB on?*
No
Is noise filter or fuse normal ? [refer electric component part]
Yes
No
Replace noise filter or fuse
Yes
Replace inverter fan PCB
Are transmission cables of Main PCB / Fan PCB connected normally?
No
Yes
Re-connect transmission cables
Is green LED of
Main PCB blinks?**
No
Yes
Replace inverter fan PCB
Replace Main PCB
** Location of inverter transmission connector of
Main PCB and LED
* Location of PCB transmission connector of
Inverter FAN and LED
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 288 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
106
Over current of Main outdoor fan motor (inverter fan
IPM fault)
Over current of Main outdoor fan motor
1. Bad connection of fan motor connector
2. Defect of fan Motor.
3. Defect of heat sink cooling fan
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is there some distance between power cable and transmission cable?
Yes
No
Make some distance between power cable and transmission cable*
Is inverter fan IPM PCB normal? [refer electric component part]
Yes
Is inverter fan PCB
Normal? [refer electric component part]
Yes
Is inverter fan motor
Normal? [refer electric component part]
Yes
No
No
No
Replace inverter fan IPM PCB
Replace inverter fan PCB
Replace inverter fan motor
Adjust connection after check PWM signal cables
[refer electric component part]
* The dashed line(---) in above flow chart is only applicable for Multi V Space
** position of inverter fan motor connector
Inverter fan main PCB
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 289 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
107
DC voltage charging failure of inverter fan motor drive
Low voltage of Main outdoor fan motor
1. Bad connection of voltage lead cable of main PCB DC link
2. Defect of fan main PCB Capacitor
3. Defect of fan PCB
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
No
Is DC LINK cable
Normal?*
Yes
Adjust DC LINK cables
Replace inverter fan PCB
* Location of fan DC link connector
Inverter fan main PCB Inverter fan IPM PCB
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 290 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error No.
108
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Transmission error between main PCB and the Fan PCB
Transmission error between main
PCB and the Fan PCB (Fan
➔ outdoor, outdoor
➔
Fan)
Refer to CH105
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
109
(Sub1)
Excessive rise of high pressure in outdoor unit
Compressor Off due to the high pressure switch in outdoor unit
Refer to CH24
Error No.
Error Type Error Point
110
(Sub1)
Outdoor 3 phase power supply problem(Reverse phase /
No power in 1 or 2 phase)
Wrong connection of 3 phase power cable (Reverse phase /
Phase omission)
Main Reasons
Refer to CH54
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
111
(Sub1)
Transmission error between outdoor units
104
➔ transmission error between the outdoor units (Main outdoor unit is not receiving signal from
Sub units)
147, 149, 171
➔
Sub outdoor units are not receiving signal from Main outdoor unit
Refer to CH104
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 291 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error No.
Error Type
113 (Main)
125 (Sub1)
137 (Sub2)
166 (Sub3)
Outdoor unit liquid pipe
(condenser) temperature sensor error
Error Point Main Reasons
Abnormal sensor resistance value
(Open/Short)
1. Defective temperature sensor connection
2. Defective temperature sensor
(Open / Short)
3. Defective outdoor unit PCB
Error No.
Error Type
Replace sensor
Error Point Main Reasons
114 (Main sub-cool inlet)
115 (Main sub-cool outlet)
126 (Sub1 sub-cool inlet)
127 (Sub1 sub-cool outlet)
138 (Sub2 sub-cool inlet)
139 (Sub2 sub-cool outlet)
167 Sub3 sub-cool inlet)
168 (Sub3 sub-cool outlet)
Outdoor unit sub-cooling inlet / outlet temperature sensor error
Abnormal sensor resistance value
(Open/Short)
1. Defective temperature sensor connecter connection
2. Defective temperature sensor
(Open/Short)
3. Defective outdoor PCB
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is temperature sensor connector connections
are normal?
Yes
No
Check and correct connection
Is the value of temperature sensor resistance normal?*
Yes
No
Replace outdoor unit PCB
* Sensor resistance 100 k
Ω over (open) or 100
Ω below (short) will generate error
Note: Temperate sensor resistance vary with temperature, So compare temperature sensor resistance value according to outdoor unit temperature by referring below table (±5% tolerance)
Air temperature sensor: 10°C = 20.7k
Ω
: 25°C = 10k
Ω
: 50°C= 3.4k
Ω
Pipe temperature sensor: 10°C = 10k
Ω
: 25°C = 5k
Ω
: 50°C= 1.8k
Ω
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 292 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Error No.
116
(Sub1)
Error Type
High pressure sensor
Error No.
117
(Sub1)
Error Type
Low pressure sensor
Troubleshooting Guide
Error Point
Sensor measured value of resistance is abnormal (Open / Short)
Refer CH43
Main Reasons
Error Point Main Reasons
Sensor measured value of resistance is abnormal (Open/Short)
Refer to CH42
Error No.
118
(Sub1)
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Outdoor unit air temperature sensor error
Sensor measured value of resistance is abnormal (Open / Short)
Refer to CH44
Error No.
120
(Sub1)
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Compressor suction pipe temperature sensor error
Sensor measured of resistance value is abnormal (Open/Short)
Refer to CH46
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
121
(Sub1 constantcompressor 1)
122
(Sub1 constant compressor 2)
Compressor discharge pipe temperature sensor error
Sensor measured value of resistance is abnormal (Open/Short)
Refer to CH41
Error No.
Error Type
123 (Sub1 HEX A)
124 (Sub1 HEX B)
Sub outdoor unit heat exchanger (A,B) pipe sensor error.
Error Point Main Reasons
Sensor measured value of resistance is abnormal (Open/Short)
Refer to CH45
Error No.
125
(Sub1)
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Outdoor liquid pipe (condenser) sensor error
Sensor measured value of resistance is abnormal (Open/Short)
Refer to CH113
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 293 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
126 (Sub1 Subcool inlet)
127(Sub1 Subcool outlet)
Outdoor unit sub-cool inlet / outlet sensor error
Sensor measured value of resistance is abnormal (Open/Short)
Refer to CH114
Error No.
128
(Sub2)
Error Type
High pressure sensor error
Error Point Main Reasons
Sensor measured value is abnormal (Open/Short)
Refer to CH43
Main Reasons
Refer to CH42
Error No.
129
(Sub2)
Error Type
Low pressure sensor error
Error Point
Sensor measured value is abnormal (Open/Short)
Error No.
130
(Sub2)
Error Type Error Point
Outdoor unit air temperature sensor error
Sensor measured value is abnormal (Open/Short)
Error No.
132
(Sub2)
Error Type Error Point
Compressor suction temperature sensor error
Sensor measured value is abnormal (Open/Short)
Main Reasons
Refer to CH44
Main Reasons
Refer to CH46
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
133 (Sub2 Const compressor1)
134 (Sub2 Const compressor2)
Compressor discharge pipe temperature sensor error
Sensor measured value is abnormal (Open/Short)
Refer to CH41
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
135
(Sub2 HEX A)
136
(Sub2 HEX B)
Sub Outdoor unit heat exchanger (A,B) pipe temperature sensor error
Sensor measured value is abnormal (Open/Short)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 294 -
Refer to CH45
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error No.
140
(Sub2)
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Excessive rise in outdoor high pressure
Compressor Off due to the high pressure switch in outdoor unit
Refer to CH24
Error No.
141
(Sub2)
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Outdoor 3 phase power supply problem (Reverse phase / phase omission)
Wrong wiring at outdoor unit
(phase reversal / phase omission )
Refer to CH54
Error No.
142
(Sub2)
Error Type
Transmission error between outdoor units
Error Point Main Reasons
Transmission error between outdoor units
104 (Main outdoor unit is not receiving sub outdoor unit s signals)
147, 149, 171 (Sub outdoor units are not receiving main unit signals)
Refer to CH104
Error No.
Error Type
143 (Sub1)
145 (Sub2)
Excessive rise in high pressure
Error Point
Compressor Off due to high pressure sensor
Main Reasons
Refer to CH34
Error No.
Error Type
144 (Sub1)
146 (Sub2)
Excessive drop in low pressure
Error Point Main Reasons
Compressor Off due to low pressure sensor
Refer to CH35
Error No.
147 (Sub1)
149 (Sub2)
Error Type
Low voltage/ High voltage
Error Point
1. Input Voltage in the installation region
= 3phase 380V±10%
2. Single Phase = 220 ±10%
Main Reasons
Refer to CH25
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
148 (Sub1)
150 (Sub2)
Outdoor voltage sensing error
Measured value is abnormal (Open/Short) Refer to CH49
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 295 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
151
Function error of outdoor
4way (reversing valve)
Function error of 4way
(reversing valve) in Main or
Sub outdoor units
1. Wrong operation of 4way valve because of sludge etc. inflow
2. No pressure difference because of compressor fault
3. Wrong installation of In/outdoor common pipe
4. Defect of 4way valve
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is 4-Way valve connecter connection are properly connected?
Yes
No
Is 4 Way valve coil resistance normal?*
Yes
No
Is 4 way valve coil connected
to 4 way valve normally?**
Yes
In case of more than
2 units, does main outdoor
ø
π than 2 units? ***
Yes
No
No
After reset, can we check supply voltage at PCB when starting heating mode operation****
Yes
No
No
Is compressor working normally?
Yes
After opposite mode operation to present mode, is the same error occurred again?
Yes
No
Reconnect it
Change 4 Way valve coil
Re-insert 4 way valve coil
Refer to CH 51 & make measure
Replace outdoor unit PCB
Check and replace compressor,
Magnet switch, corresponding PCB
[refer electric component part]
If the same error is occurred in near future replace 4way valve
Replace 4 way valve*****
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 296 -
LGE Internal Use Only
* Measure the resistance of 4way valve
Troubleshooting Guide
Location of 4way valve connector on
Main / Sub PCB (marked as 4way)
** Confirm the 4way valve coil is inserted to the end
*** When power is supplied in order as follow
(Sub2
➠
Sub1
➠
Main)
3 rd number indicates outdoor quantity at Main PCB
7-segment LED
- Outdoor unit 1set : 44-capacity(or 10)-..
- Outdoor unit 2set : 44-50-capacity(or 20)-..
- Outdoor unit 3set : 44-50-50-capacity(or 30)- ..
**** Check the output voltage of terminal socket
during heating operation
***** Checking method for outdoor unit of 3unit system
(Main + Sub1 + Sub2)
➀
Close all the SVC valves of high / low pressure common pipe
➁
Operate system
➂
Check the difference of high and low pressure with
LGMV for each unit (Main, Sub1, Sub2)
➃
If there is a unit in which the difference is not increased then the 4way valve of that unit is defective
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 297 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error No.
152,153
(Sub3)
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Excessive rise of the constant compressor discharge temperature
Constant speed compressor Off due to the excessive rise in discharge temp
Refer to CH33
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
155(Sub3)
Outdoor 3 phase power supply wiring wrong (Reverse phase / Phase omission)
Wrong wiring at the outdoor 3 phase(Reverse phase / Phase omission)
Refer to CH54
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
156(Sub3)
Transmission error between outdoor units
Transmission error between outdoor units
104 (Main outdoor unit is not receiving sub outdoor unit s signals)
Refer to CH104
147, 149, 171 (Sub outdoor units are not receiving main unit signals)
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
157(Sub3) High pressure sensor error
Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement ( Open / Short )
Refer to CH43
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
158(Sub3) Low pressure sensor error
Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement( Open / Short )
Refer to CH42
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
159(Sub3)
Outdoor unit air temperature sensor error
Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement( Open / Short )
Refer to CH44
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
161(Sub3)
Compressor suction temperature error
Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement ( Open / Short )
Refer to CH46
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 298 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
162 (Sub3 constant compressor1)
163 (Sub3 constant compressor2)
Compressor discharge pipe temperature sensor error
Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement ( Open /
Short )
Refer to CH41
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
164 (Sub3 HEX A)
165 (Sub3 HEX B)
Pipe sensor error of the main and sub units heat exchanger (A,B)
Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement ( Open /
Short )
Refer to CH45
Error No.
166(Sub3)
Error Type Error Point
Sensor error at the outdoor liquid refrigerant pipe
Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement( Open /
Short )
Main Reasons
Refer CH113
Error No.
Error Type Error Point
167 (Sub3 sub-cooling inlet)
168 (Sub3 sub-cooling outlet)
Outdoor unit sub-cooling sensor error at inlet / outlet
Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement( Open /
Short )
Main Reasons
Refer to CH114
Error No.
169(Sub3)
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Excessive rise in high pressure
Compressor Off due to the high pressure sensor
Refer to CH34
Error No.
170(Sub3)
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Excessive low pressure drop
Compressor Off due to the low pressure sensor
Refer to CH35
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
171(Sub3)
Excessive Low voltage /
High voltage
1. Input voltage in the installation region = 3phase
380V±10%
2. Single phase = 220V ±10%
Refer to CH25
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 299 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error No.
172(Sub3)
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Outdoor voltage sensing error
Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement
( Open / Short )
Refer to CH49
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
173
(MAIN constant)
174, 175
(sub1 constant 1,2)
176, 177
(sub2 constant 1,2)
Abnormal staring of constant compressor
Over-increase of temperature after constant compressor starts
• Defect of constant compressor
• Defect of discharge temperature sensor
• Defect of outdoor temperature sensor
• Defect of outdoor PCB
• Defect of magnet switch
• Wrong connection of constant compressor cables
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is resistance value
(insulation & phase to phase)
of corresponding constant compressor normal ?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
No
Replace constant compressor
No
Is cables ’ connection of compressor normal?
*
Yes
Adjust connection of cables
Is discharge temperature sensor of compressor normal? [refer electric component part]
Yes
Is magnet switch normal? [refer electric component part]
Yes
No
Replace discharge temperature sensor
No
Replace magnet switch
Is outdoor air temperature
sensor normal?
Yes
Replace outdoor unit PCB
No
Replace outdoor air temperature sensor
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 300 -
* cables connection between constant compressor
and magnetic switch
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
200 Pipe detection error
After the Auto operation, if the number of the indoor units detected is different from the number communicating indoor unit
1. HR unit’s power cable or transmission cable connection defect
2. After Auto-Addressing, wrong address setting of the indoor unit (Defective indoor power / transmission error and PCB defect)
3. Wrong setting of the HR unit’s rotary switch or dip switch
4. HR unit PCB defect
HR: Heat Recovery
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
1) Check the periodic blinking of the HR unit’s green LED (transmission LED )
2) When green LED (transmission LED) of HR unit blinks regularly,
2.1) Check input power of HR unit.(220V±10%)
2.2) After reset of power of outdoor, wait for more than 30 minutes, temperature of pipes will be cool down then,
Do Auto-Addressing
2.2) While power of HR unit is on, check total indoors display ‘CH05’ or not.(Refer to CH05)
3) When green LED (transmission LED) of HR unit blinks regularly, Check setting of rotary switch and Dip switch,
After reset of power of outdoor and HR unit, wait for more than 30 minutes, temperature of pipes will be cool dow then, Do Auto-Addressing *
4) If indoor unit quantity is different between installed quantity and quantity which check thru piping searching, check pipe installation condition
Outdoor unit
↔
HR unit
↔
Indoor unit
5) If indoor unit has not been connected to #1 valve of HR unit, set pipes of HR unit manually**
6) If it is not applied as above, set pipes of HR unit as manual
[NB] How to check display method of outdoor Main PCB 7-segment ?:
'88'
➔
Indoor qty which check thru 'Auto-Addressing'
➔
'88'
➔
Indoor qty which check thru ‘piping checking'
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 301 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
■
Auto-addressing of valves flow chart
Check that No.1 S/W of SW02M on HR unit PCB is turned off
Check that No.2 and 3 of SW02M on HR unit PCB corresponds to HR unit model (No.4 ~ No.8 Off)
Turn on the power of outdoor unit, HR unit and indoor unit
Wait for 3 minute
Press SW02M of outdoor unit main PCB for 5 seconds
'88' is displayed on outdoor unit main PCB and HR unit PCB
CAUTION:
- Auto-addressing may not be normally completed according to installing situation and ambient temperature.
In this case, manually address the valves of the HR unit.
- The number of indoor units found by an HR unit is displayed on 7-SEG of the HR unit for 30 seconds when the outdoor unit is turned off after auto-addressing.
- When auto-addressing is completed successfully, N1 and
N2 displayed on 7-SEG of the outdoor unit should be equal.
- Auto-addressing is not applicable in case of valve group control.
If you want to do automatic addressing again after automatic addressing fails, wait more than 10 minutes.
(Do automatic addressing after pipes are cool down sufficiently.)
After about 5 minutes, the number of indoor units in communication are displayed on outdoor unit main
PCB for 30 seconds
Are the number of indoor units connected to the outdoor unit wiring and displayed one(N1) equal?
Yes
Are the number displayed with H after 30 seconds and that of HR units Installed equal?
Yes
'88' is displayed on the outdoor unit main PCB
Outdoor unit runs in heating mode for about 2~7 minutes
The number of indoor units found is displayed on the outdoor unit main PCB for 30 seconds after the outdoor unit stops
No
No
Immediately turn off the power of outdoor, HR and indoor units
Check power and communication wiring between outdoor, HR and indoor units
Retry auto-addressing after checking trouble
Incompletion of auto-addressing
Addressing error 200 occurs after 30 seconds
Are the number of indoor units connected to the outdoor unit piping and displayed one(N2)
equal?
Yes
End of auto-addressing
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
No
Check the piping between outdoor, HR and indoor units
Retry auto-addressing after checking trouble
- 302 -
Incompletion of auto-addressing
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
■
Manual valve addressing flow chart
Check that No.1 S/W of SW02M on HR unit PCB is turned on
Check that No.2 and 3 of SW02M on HR unit PCB corresponds to HR unit model
Turn on the power of outdoor unit, HR unit and indoor unit
Wait for 3 minute
Press SW02M of outdoor unit main PCB for 5 seconds
'88' is displayed on outdoor unit main PCB and HR unit PCB
After about 5 minutes, the number of indoor units in communication are displayed on outdoor unit main
PCB for 30 seconds
Are the number of indoor units connected to the outdoor unit wiring and displayed one(N1)
equal?
Yes
Are the number displayed with H after a while and that of
HR units Installed equal?
Yes
Enter central control address into each indoor unit using its wired remote control.
No
No
On the HR unit PCB, manually set the address of each valve of an HR unit to the central control address of indoor unit connected to the valve.
Are all the blue LED's corresponding to valves connected to indoor units turned on after a minute?
End of manual addressing
Yes
No
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 303 -
Immediately turn off the power of outdoor, HR and indoor units
Check power and communication wiring between outdoor, HR and indoor units
Retry indoor unit auto-addressing after checking trouble
Sequence of 2 processes must not change.
Check that the central control address in every indoor unit and the valve address of every HR unit are properly inputted
CAUTION:
If an error is occurred on outdoor unit, manual addressing is not normally completed.
Try manual addressing after checking and confirming there is no error.
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
■
Manual valve addressing example
(In case that an indoor unit of central control address "11" is connected to a valve #1 of an
HR unit)
• Prerequisite for manual valve addressing: central control address of each indoor unit must be preset differently at its wired remote control
No.
Display and setup Setup and Contents
1
7-SEG SW01M SW03M SW04M
• Operation: None
• Display: None
2
3
4
5
7-SEG SW01M SW03M SW04M
• Operation: Turn dip S/W01M No.1 on to address valve #1
• Display: Existing value saved in EEPROM is displayed in
7-SEG.
7-SEG SW01M
SW03M
SW04M
• Operation: Set the digit of 10 to the number in Group High data of the wired remote control connected to the corresponding indoor unit to the valve #1 by pressing left tack S/W03M.
• Display: Digit increasing with the times of pressing tack
S/W03M is displayed in left 7-SEG
7-SEG SW01M SW03M
SW04M
• Operation: Set the digit of 1 to the number in Group Low data of the wired remote control connected to the corresponding indoor unit to the valve #1 by pressing right tack S/W04M.
• Display: Digit increasing with the times of pressing tack
S/W04M is displayed in right 7-SEG
7-SEG SW01M SW03M SW04M
• Operation: Turn dip S/W No.1 off to save the address of valve #1
• Display: "11" displayed in 7-SEG disappears
- Above setup must be done for all HR unit valves.
- The valve that is not connected with any indoor unit should be addressed with any other number than used address numbers of the valves connected with indoor units.
(The valves does not work if the address numbers are same.)
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 304 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
■
Checking valve address
(In case that an indoor unit of central control address '11' is connected to a valve #1 of an
HR unit)
No.
Display and Setup Setup and Contents
1
• Operation: Turn dip S/W01M No.1 on.
• Display: "11" is displayed in 7-SEG
7-SEG SW01M
2
• Operation: Turn dip S/W01M No.1 off.
• 7-SEG disappeared
7-SEG SW01M
■
Dip switch function
1. Main function of SW02M
SW02M
ON S/W
No.1
No.2
No.3
No.4
No.5
No.6
No.7
No.8
Selection
Method for addressing valves of an HR unit (Auto/Manual)
Model of HR unit
Model of HR unit
Not used
Not used
Not used
Use only in factory production (preset to “OFF”)
Use only in factory production (preset to “OFF”)
1) Selection of the method for addressing valves of an HR unit (Auto/Manual)
Switch No.1 Off Switch No.1 On
Manual
Auto
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 305 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
2) Selection of the model of the HR unit
(For 2 rooms)
PRHR020
(For 3 rooms)
PRHR040
(For 4 rooms)
PRHR040
❈
Each model is shipped with the switches No.2 and No.3 pre-adjusted as above in the factory.
3) Selection of the valve group
Valve group control is the function for connecting 2 valves of an HR unit with an indoor unit of large capacity(More than12kw) using a Y-branch.
No. valve group
Valve #1 and #2 in group control
Valve #2 and #3 in group control
Valve #3 and #4 in group control
Valve #1 and #2,
Valve #3 and #4 in group control
HR unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
HR unit
Indoor unit
Large indoor unit
Indoor unit
HR unit
Large indoor unit
Large indoor unit
HR unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Large indoor unit
HR unit
Notice:
If you installed by valve grouping you need to use manual addressing.
Large indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 306 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
201(HR unit1)
205(HR unit2)
209(HR unit3)
213(HR unit4)
217(HR unit5)
221(HR unit6)
225(HR unit7)
229(HR unit8)
HR unit liquid pipe temperature sensor error
Abnormal value of sensor measurement (Open / Short)
• Defective temperature sensor connection
• Defective temperature sensor
(Open/Short)
• Defective outdoor unit PCB
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
202(HR unit1)
206(HR unit2)
210(HR unit3)
214(HR unit4)
218(HR unit5)
222(HR unit6)
226(HR unit7)
230(HR unit8)
HR unit
Sub-cooling inlet pipe temperature sensor error
Abnormal value of sensor measurement(Open / Short )
• Defective temperature sensor connection
• Defective temperature sensor
(Open/Short)
• Defective outdoor unit PCB
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
203(HR unit1)
207(HR unit2)
211(HR unit3)
215(HR unit4)
219(HR unit5)
223(HR unit6)
227(HR unit7)
231(HR unit8)
HR unit
Sub-cooling discharge pipe temperature sensor error
Abnormal value of sensor measurement(Open / Short)
• Defective temperature sensor connection
• Defective temperature sensor
(Open/Short)
• Defective outdoor unit PCB
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
1) Check connection condition of temperature sensor and lead cable
2) Is value of temperature sensor normal? If not replace sensor
- Piping temperature sensor : 10°C = 10k
Ω
: 25°C= 5k
Ω
: 50°C= 1.8k
Ω
3) If connection of sensor and value is correct, replace outdoor unit PCB
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 307 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
204(HR unit1)
208(HR unit2)
212(HR unit3)
216(HR unit4)
220(HR unit5)
224(HR unit6)
228(HR unit7)
232(HR unit8)
Transmission error between the HR unit and outdoor unit
Transmission error between the HR unit and outdoor unit
1. Defective connection in HR unit power supply and transmission connection
2. Wrong setting of the HR unit Rotary switch and Dip switch
3. Defective HR unit PCB
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
1) Check connection between power cables and transmission cables, check transmission green LED blink of HR unit PCB
2) If transmission green LED blink of HR unit PCB is normal, check setting of rotary switch of HR unit and Dip switch(Refer to CH200),
Reset power of outdoor and HR unit
(If transmission error of HR unit occurs, it can’t be released until reset of outdoor power)
3) If transmission green LED blink of HR unit PCB is abnormal(not blinking,just on), check transmission condition of total indoor units(Refer to CH05)
If transmission green LED blink of HR unit PCB is abnormal(not blinking, just on) even if transmission condition is normal, replace HR unit PCB
[NB] If Indoor units/transmission cables of HR unit and cables of power 220V has been changed each other, transmission parts and indoor will be burnt
HR Unit PCB
Green LED blinking: transmission is normal
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 308 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
240
Central controller connector error
(CNU Connection failure)
Transmission failure between central controller and CNU
1. Defective transmission connection
2. Defective CNU
3. Incorrect IP address of central controller or CNU
4. Defective transmission network
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
1) Check transmission cables are connected correctly or not
2) If central controller is connected to total network, check IP of CNU, central controller
3) Replace CNU
Error
No.
Error Type
241
Central controller data transmission error (Sending error)
Error Point
Central controller to CNU data transmission failure
Main Reasons
1. Defective CNU
2. Center controller initialization failure
Error
No.
Error Type
242
Central controller receive Error
(Data receiving error )
Error Point Main Reasons
CNU to Central controller on time data receiving error
1. Defective CNU
2. Central controller initialization error
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point
243
Central controller receive buffer overflow (In excess data receive)
When data length from
CNU is longer than data length defined at protocol
Main Reasons
1. Mismatching
2. Defective CNU
3. transmission noise error
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
244
Central controller receive time out
(Receiving time : 3sec
↑
)
Transmission failure between central controller and CNU
1. Defective CNU
2. Initialization failure of central controller
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point
245
Central controller Send Timeout
Data sending failure from central controller to CNU within designated time
1. CNU defect
Main Reasons
2. Initialization failure of central controller
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
246
Central controller Receive
Timeout
Data receiving failure of central controller from CNU within designated time
1. CNU defect
2. Initialization failure of central controller
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 309 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Troubleshooting Guide
Error
No.
Error Type
250
Central controller
Check sum Error
Error Point Main Reasons
Received check sum is different from calculated check sum data
1. NOISE occurs
2. CNU defect
3. Temporary error of Timing mismatch
4. A/C product defect
Error
No.
Error Type
251
Central controller
Receive Zero Error
Error Point
Length of received data : 0
Main Reasons
1. NOISE occurs
2. CNU defect
3. Temporary error of Timing mismatch
4. A/C product defect
Error
No.
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
252
Central controller
Wrong Address Error
Setting address and actual address are different each other
1. NOISE occurs
2. CNU defect
3. Temporary error of Timing mismatch
4. A/C product defect
■
Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
1) Check system setting address of central controller and actual address is matched or not
2) Re-start service program(engine) of central controller
3) Replace CNU
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 310 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Part 7
Exploded view
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 311 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
TE (Standard model)
354211
130412
330860
249951
W49810
352118
352115
THERMISTOR 2
263230B
263230C
THERMISTOR 3
268711D
268711C
263230A
THERMISTOR
135511
158591
148000
158580
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 3
263230A Air
263230B Eva. IN
263230C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 312 -
346810
359012
140570
130911A
130911B
352150
130911C
W50011
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
TE (Plasma model)
266090
354211
Exploded View
130412
159830
249951
268713
268714
263230A
THERMISTOR 1
135511
W49810
352118
55211G
THERMISTOR 2
263230B
263230C
THERMISTOR 3
148000
158580
130911A
158591
130911C
346810
359012
140570
130911A
330870
THERMISTOR 1 263230A
THERMISTOR 2 263230B
Air
Eva. IN
THERMISTOR 3 263230C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 313 -
130911C
352150
130911B
W50011
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
TH (Standard model)
130412
W50011
W6851
739205
158591
349600
354211
148000
158580
W49810
354212
330870
THERMISTOR 2
263230B
263230C
THERMISTOR 3
359012
140570
130911A
352115
352118
346810
330860
349480
130911C
130911C
130911B
352150
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 3
263230A Air
263230B Eva. IN
263230C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 314 -
249951
268711C
THERMISTOR 1
263230A
268711D
135511
130400
W0FZZ
W6640
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
TH (Plasma model)
130412
W50011
W6851
739205
158591
349600
354211
148000
158580
W49810
354212
330870
THERMISTOR 2
263230B
263230C
THERMISTOR 3
359012
140570
130911A
352115
352118
346810
330860
349480
130911C
130911C
130911B
352150
THERMISTOR 1 263230A
THERMISTOR 2 263230B
Air
Eva. IN
THERMISTOR 3 263230C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 315 -
159830
249951
268711C
THERMISTOR 1
263230A
268711D
135511
130400
266090
W0FZZ
W6640
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
TD1 (Standard model)
130412
W50011
W0CZZ
W6851
158591
158580
349600
148000
W49810
354211
354212
330870
THERMISTOR 2
263230B
263230C
THERMISTOR 3
359012
140570
130911A
352115
352118
346810
330860
349480
130911C
130911C
130911B
352150
249951
268711C
THERMISTOR 1
263230A
268711D
135511
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 3
263230A
263230B
263230C
Air
Eva. IN
Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 316 -
130400
W0FZZ
W6640
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
TD1 (Plasma model)
130412
W50011
W0CZZ
W6851
158591
349600
354211
148000
158580
W49810
354212
330870
THERMISTOR 2
263230B
263230C
THERMISTOR 3
359012
140570
130911A
352115
352118
346810
330860
349480
130911C
130911C
130911B
352150
THERMISTOR 1 263230A
THERMISTOR 2 263230B
Air
Eva. IN
THERMISTOR 3 263230C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 317 -
159830
249951
268711C
THERMISTOR 1
263230A
268711D
135511
130400
266090
W0FZZ
W6640
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
TJ (Standard model)
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 3
567480A
567480B
567480C
Air
Eva. IN
Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 318 -
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
TJ (Plasma model)
Exploded View
THERMISTOR 1 567480A
THERMISTOR 2 567480B
Air
Eva. IN
THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 319 -
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
TL (Standard model)
268711D
268711C
359011
330870
W0FZZ
249951
W6640
354210A
352150
158591
354210B
352116
354212
55211G
346810
342800
567480A
THERMISTOR 1
567480B
THERMISTOR 2
567480C
THERMISTOR 3
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 3
567480A
567480B
567480C
Air
Eva. IN
Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 320 -
130911
W50011
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
TL (Plasma model)
268711D
268711C
359011
266090
W0FZZ
249951
W6640
354210A
330870
352150
158591
159830
354210B
352116
354212
55211G
346810
342800
567480A
THERMISTOR 1
567480B
THERMISTOR 2
567480C
THERMISTOR 3
THERMISTOR 1 567480A
THERMISTOR 2 567480B
Air
Eva. IN
THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 321 -
130911
W50011
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
BH
137213B
W1JK
346810
348601
359012
336610A
336610B
137214
349600
147901
W3001
W50011
437212B
437212A
354210
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 3
567480A Air
567480B Eva. IN
567480C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 322 -
137213A
THERMISTOR 2
567480B
THERMISTOR 3
567480C
W0FFZ
567480A
THERMISTOR 1
268711C
268711D
W6640
249951
152302
352118
352115
330870
158591
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
BG
W3001
W50011
137213B
W1JK
359012
346810
137214
349600
346810
336610A
336610B
359012
147901
354210
137213-1
THERMISTOR 2 THERMISTOR 3
567480B
567480C
W0FZZ
261704
268711D
567480A
THERMISTOR 1
268711C
268711E
W6640
249951
152302
352118
55211G
330870
437212B
THERMISTOR 1 567480A
THERMISTOR 2 567480B
Air
Eva. IN
THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 323 -
437212A
158591
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
BR
W1JK
336610A 336610B
137214
346810
349600
W3001
W50011
147901
354210
437212B
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 3
567480A
567480B
567480C
Air
Eva. IN
Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 324 -
437212A
359012
249951
THERMISTOR 2
567480B
THERMISTOR 3
567480C
W0FZZ
W6640
567480A
THERMISTOR 1
352118
268711C
268711D
268711E
261704
152302
55211G
330870
158591
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
B1
W4811
567480B
THERMISTOR 2
567480C
THERMISTOR 3
152302
336600B
359012
336600A
346810B
354210
354212
55211G
W0FZZ
249951
268711A
346810A
359012
567480A
THERMISTOR 1
352118
268711B
W6640
330870
THERMISTOR 1 567480A
THERMISTOR 2 567480B
Air
Eva. IN
THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
437213
- 325 -
158591
352150
137211
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
B2
W4811
567480B
THERMISTOR 2
567480C
THERMISTOR 3
336600B
3590001
346810
336600A
354210
354212
330870
437213
137211
55211G
249951
W0FZZ
268711A
567480A
THERMISTOR 1
268711B
W6640
352118
158591
352150
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 3
567480A Air
567480B Eva. IN
567480C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 326 -
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
CE (WITH CASE)
W3110
237204
352116
135500
352115
135304
749740B
135304
749740A
135500
Exploded View
137213
246810A
354210
354212
W3110
330870
359012B
268711E
246810B
336600A
359012A
336600B
268711C
W0FZZ
249951 W6640
137211
147780
152302
W6631A W6631B
W6631C
567480A
THERMISTOR 1
567480B
THERMISTOR 2
W6631D 567480C
THERMISTOR 3
THERMISTOR 1 567480A Air
THERMISTOR 2 567480B Eva. IN
THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 327 -
152302
147780
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
CE (WITHOUT CASE)
352115
352116
354210
330870
354212
359012
359001
336600A
336600B
W0FZZ
W6631A W6631B
W6631C
567480A
THERMISTOR 1
W6631D
567480B
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 3
567480A
567480B
567480C
Air
Eva. IN
Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
152302
567480C
THERMISTOR 3
152302
- 328 -
268714
W6640
249951
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
CF (WITH CASE)
137213
135500
749740A
W3110
Exploded View
749740B
W6631A W6631B
W6631C
W6631D
135304
237204
W3110
135500
354210
352118
352115
330870
354212
137213
137211
567480A
THERMISTOR 1
567480B
THERMISTOR 2
567480C
THERMISTOR 3
THERMISTOR 1 567480A
THERMISTOR 2 567480B
Air
Eva. IN
THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
246810
359012B
336600A
246810
W6640
336600B
268711E
359012A
147780
152302
- 329 -
W0FZZ
268711B
147780
249951 237204
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
CF (WITHOUT CASE)
352116
354210
352115
359012
330870
354212
359001
W6631A W6631B
W6631C
W6631D
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 3
567480A
567480B
567480C
Air
Eva. IN
Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
152302
- 330 -
336600A
152302
W6640
336600B
249951
268711
268714
567480A
THERMISTOR 1
567480B
THERMISTOR 2
567480C
THERMISTOR 3
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
SE1 (Standard)
135312
152302
131410 733010
342800
354212
354210
359011
135311
147581
346810
135516
352116
249951
268711A
146811
THERMISTOR 1 567480A
THERMISTOR 2 567480B
Air + Eva. IN
Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 331 -
352150
W6640
268711C
THERMISTOR 1
567480A
THERMISTOR 2
567480B
W0FZZ
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
SE1 (Plasma)
135312
152302
342800
354212
354210
359011
135311
159830
147581
352116
249951
268711A
352150
146811
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
567480A
567480B
Air + Eva. IN
Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 332 -
W6640
268711C
131410 733010
346810
135516
266090
THERMISTOR 1
567480A
THERMISTOR 2
567480B
W0FZZ
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
S5 (Standard)
135316
152301
131410 733010
342800
354212
354210
359011
135311
147581
352115
352118
346810
135516
268711A
352150
146811
249951
THERMISTOR 1 567480A
THERMISTOR 2 567480B
Air + Eva. IN
Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 333 -
W6640
268711C
THERMISTOR 1
567480A
THERMISTOR 2
567480B
W0FZZ
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
S5 (Plasma)
135316
152301
131410 733010
342800
354212
354210
359011
135311
147581
159830
352115
352118
249951
268711A
352150
146811
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
567480A
567480B
Air + Eva. IN
Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 334 -
W6640
268711C
346810
135516
266090
THERMISTOR 1
567480A
THERMISTOR 2
567480B
W0FZZ
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
SP
Exploded View
THERMISTOR 1 567480A
THERMISTOR 2 567480B
Air + Eva. IN
Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 335 -
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
SV
268711B
249951
330870
349490
135500C
268711C
268711A
352380B
352380A
147582
146811
135311A
131410
135500B
146811
147582
359012B
346810B
346810A
359012A
147581
135311C
135500A
146811
135311B
354212
354210
352115
352116
159830
35211B
135313
152302
352150
135316
567480A
THERMISTOR 1
567480B
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
567480A
567480B
Air + Eva. IN
Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 336 -
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
SE (DELUXE)
135316
152302
137211
263230
THERMISTOR 2
268711A
131410 733010
342800
135311
354212
354210
359011
35211B
346810
135516
266090
147581
146811
W6640
249951
THERMISTOR 1 567480A Air
THERMISTOR 2 263230 Eva. IN
THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 337 -
W0FZZ
567480A
567480C
268711B
THERMISTOR 3
THERMISTOR 1
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
S3
152302
146811A
135316
668711D
146811A
268711D
135313
268711A
567480A
THERMISTOR 1
567480B
THERMISTOR 2
733010
159830
359011
354212
342800
352150
352115
352116
35211B
146811B
147581
135311
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
567480A
567480B
Air + Eva. IN
Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 338 -
135500
131410
346810
249951
266090
W0FZZ
268711B
249941
W6640 268711C
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
VE (Convertible type)
137211
135313
152302
268711A
Exploded View
147581
135310
146811
733010
330870
266000
346810
W4810
THERMISTOR 1 567480A
330780
359011
342800
354210
352150
135500
THERMISTOR 1
567480A
352115
131410
352116
35211B
268711C
268711D
669010
567480B
THERMISTOR 2
266000
135511
567480C
THERMISTOR 3
Air
THERMISTOR 2 567480B Eva. IN
THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 339 -
135511
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
VJ (Convertible type)
137211
152312
237202
152312
354212
354210
135303
147911
135515A
336600A
346810
359012
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 3
567480A Air
567480B Eva. IN
567480C Eva. OUT
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
336600B
- 340 -
147581
249310
146811
135310
55211G
352118
249951
135511
268711D
268711B
W3110 268711A
669010
THERMISTOR 1
567480A
THERMISTOR 2
567480B
THERMISTOR 3
567480C
135515B
352150
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : white
Housing color : red
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
UW1
Main Unit
261704A
W0CZZA
268711C
261704B
268711D
W6631A
W6640B
COMP
649950A 268711-7
268711-9
566001
W6640A
W6200
COMP
566001
268200
W0FZZA
W0FZZB
268711-8
W6631B
W6640C
649950B
261704D
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 341 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
UW1
Sub Unit
W0CZZB
566001
566001
W6631B
W6631C
COMP COMP
649950C
268711D
261704D
W6640C
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 342 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
UW1 (Heat pump _main & sub model)
435512
137213B
437211
435310
559010
546810
349600
554030B
552115B
W5210B
263230B
(THERMISTOR 2)
554030A
552115A
352114A
352111B
346811
552204A
561410B
554030C
552115C
W5210B
554030D
552115D
352114B
352111B
263230C
(THERMISTOR 3)
437212
551410D
552204B
561410A
552202
552200A
552201B
566000
W52240E
W52240D
554160A
548490
553000A
552201A
165010B
561410C
552204A
552202
165010A
W52240B
661400
552200B
W52240C
552102
W52240A
552201A
566000
352111
263230A
(THERMISTOR 1)
552102
W52240A
554160B
435312
137213A
552203C
552203B
553000B
552203A
THERMISTOR 1 263230A
THERMISTOR 2 263230B
Liquid Pipe + Sub Cooler IN + Sub Cooler OUT
Inv. Discharge Pipe + HEX (Front) + HEX (back)
THERMISTOR 3 263230C Air + Suction Pipe + Const. Discharge Pipe
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 343 -
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : purple
Housing color : black
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
UW1 (cooling only_main & sub model)
435512
137213B
435310
559010
546810
349600
554030B
552115B
W5210B
263230B
(THERMISTOR 2)
554030A
552115A
352114A
352111B
346811
552204A
561410B
435312
554030C
552115C
W5210B
554030D
552115D
352114B
352111B
263230C
(THERMISTOR 3)
437212
552204B
551410D
137213A
437211
W52240D
554160A
548490
553000A
566000
552201A
561410C
552204A
552102
W52240A
165010A
165010B
552201A
566000
661400
552200B
W52240C
263230A
(THERMISTOR 1)
352111
552102
W52240A
554160B
552203C
552203B
553000B
552203A
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 3
263230A Liquid Pipe + Sub Cooler IN + Sub Cooler OUT
263230B Inv. Discharge Pipe
263230C Air + Suction Pipe + Const. Discharge Pipe
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 344 -
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : purple
Housing color : black
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
UW1 (sync._Main & sub model)
435512
137213B
437211
435310
559010
546810
349600
554030B
552115B
W5210B
263230B
(THERMISTOR 2)
554030A
552115A
352114A
352111B
346811
552204A
561410B
554030C
552115C
W5210B
554030D
552115D
352114B
352111B
263230C
(THERMISTOR 3)
437212
551410D
552204B
561410A
552202
552200A
561410E
552204C
552200A
W52240E
W52240D
566000
554160A
548490
553000A
552201A
165010B
561410C
552202
165010A
552204A
W52240B
661400
552200B
W52240C
552102
W52240A
552201A
566000
352111
263230A
(THERMISTOR 1)
552102
W52240A
554160B
435312
137213A
552203C
552203B
553000B
552203A
THERMISTOR 1 263230A
THERMISTOR 2 263230B
Liquid Pipe + Sub Cooler IN + Sub Cooler OUT
Inv. Discharge Pipe + HEX (Front) + HEX (back)
THERMISTOR 3 263230C Air + Suction Pipe + Const. Discharge Pipe
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 345 -
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : purple
Housing color : black
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
UY2
Main Unit
261704A
566001
W0CZZB
268711C
261704B
W6631A
268711D
268711-8
268711-7
649950A
W6640A
W6640C
W0FZZA
268200
W0FZZB
W6640C
W6640B
W6631C
261704D
268711-9
649950B
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 346 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
UY2
Sub Unit
W0CZZA
649950C
W6640B
W6640B
566001
261704D
W6640C
268711D
649950C
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 347 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
UY2 (Heat pump_main model)
137213A
435310
437211
435512
435312
554030A
552115A
352114A
352111B
554030B
552115B
W5210B
263230B
559010
546810
349600
552200B
661400
263230A
(THERMISTOR 1)
W52240C
566000
W52240
552102
346811
437212
552200A
552201
165010B
165010A
W52240E
552204A
561410B
W52240A
554160
553000
263230C
(THERMISTOR 3)
552202
561410A
552204B
561410C
554030C
552115C
W5210B
554030D
552115D
352114B
352111B
137213B
W52240B
W52240D
548490
352111
552203B
552203A
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 3
263230A Liquid Pipe + Sub Cooler IN + Sub Cooler OUT
263230B Inv. Discharge Pipe + HEX (Front) + HEX (back)
263230C Air + Suction Pipe + Const. Discharge Pipe
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 348 -
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : purple
Housing color : black
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
UY2 (Heat pump_sub model)
137213A
435310
437211
435512
435312
554030A
552115A
352114A
352111B
554030B
552115B
W5210B
263230B
559010
546810
349600
552200B
661400
263230A
(THERMISTOR 1)
W52240C
566000
W52240
552102
552201
W52240A
437212
552200A
165010B
165010A
W52240E
552204A
561410B
554160
553000
263230C
(THERMISTOR 3)
552202
561410A
552204B
561410C
554030C
552115C
W5210B
554030D
552115D
352114B
352111B
137213B
W52240B
W52240D
548490
552203C
552203B
552203A
THERMISTOR 1 263230A Liquid Pipe + Sub Cooler IN + Sub Cooler OUT
THERMISTOR 2 263230B Inv. Discharge Pipe
THERMISTOR 3 263230C Air + Suction Pipe + Const. Discharge Pipe
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 349 -
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : purple
Housing color : black
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
UY2 (cooling only_main model)
137213A
554030A
552115A
352114A
352111B
554030B
552115B
W5210B
263230B
559010
546810
349600
435310
552200B
661400
346811
435512
435312
263230C
(THERMISTOR 3)
554030C
552115C
W5210B
554030D
552115D
352114B
352111B
137213B
437212
165010A
552204B
561410C
165010B
W52240C
437211
263230A
(THERMISTOR 1)
W52240E
566000
W52240A
552102
554160
553000
W52240B
552204A
561410B
W52240E
548490
352111
552203B
552203A
THERMISTOR 1
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 3
263230A Liquid Pipe + Sub Cooler IN + Sub Cooler OUT
263230B Inv. Discharge Pipe + HEX (Front) + HEX (back)
263230C Air + Suction Pipe + Const. Discharge Pipe
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 350 -
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : purple
Housing color : black
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
UY2 (cooling only_sub model)
137213A
554030A
552115A
352114A
352111B
554030B
552115B
W5210B
263230B
559010
546810
349600
435310
552200B
661400
435512
435312
263230C
(THERMISTOR 3)
554030C
552115C
W5210B
554030D
552115D
352114B
352111B
137213B
437212
165010A
552204B
561410C
165010B
W52240C
437211
263230A
(THERMISTOR 1)
W52240E
566000
W52240A
552102
554160
553000
W52240B
552204A
561410B
W52240E
548490
552203C
552203B
552203A
THERMISTOR 1 263230A
THERMISTOR 2 263230B
Liquid Pipe + Sub Cooler IN + Sub Cooler OUT
Inv. Discharge Pipe
THERMISTOR 3 263230C Air + Suction Pipe + Const. Discharge Pipe
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 351 -
Housing color : yellow
Housing color : purple
Housing color : black
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
HR UNIT / 40
261704
561410D
561410C
561410B
561410A
561410H
561410G
561410F
561410E
561410J
137213A
268711B
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 352 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
HR UNIT / 30
261704
561410C
561410B
561410A
561410G
561410F
561410E
561410J
137213A
268711B
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 353 -
LGE Internal Use Only
Exploded View
HR UNIT / 20
261704
561410B
561410A
561410G
561410F
561410E
137213A
268711B
Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
- 354 -
LGE Internal Use Only
P/NO : 3828A24006G January, 2008
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Related manuals
advertisement
Table of contents
- 12 Model Names
- 13 External Appearance
- 15 Combination of Outdoor Units
- 16 Nomenclature
- 18 Outdoor Units Information
- 19 HR Units Information
- 23 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (1 way)
- 33 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (2 way)
- 43 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (4 way)
- 55 Art Cool Type
- 69 Art Cool Type(Wide)
- 83 Art Cool Type(Mirror)
- 99 Ceiling Concealed Duct Type (Low static)
- 109 Ceiling Concealed Duct Type (Built in)
- 119 Ceiling Concealed Duct Type (High static)
- 131 Wall Mounted Type
- 145 Convertible Type
- 157 Floor Standing Type